Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 498

Cambridge

Chemistry (0620)
Past Papers
Assembled By Nesrine
Part I

Paper 6
(Variants 1,2,3)

2021-2016
(2023 Specimen
included)
For Examination from --------------------------------------1
2023
February/March 2021 Variant 2 ----------------------13
May/June 2021 Variant 1 ----------------------25
May/June 2021 Variant 2 ----------------------37
May/June 2021 Variant 3 ----------------------49
October/November 2021 Variant 1 ----------------------61
October/November 2021 Variant 2 ----------------------73
October/November 2021 Variant 3 ----------------------85
February/March 2020 Variant 2 ----------------------97
May/June 2020 Variant 1 ---------------------109
May/June 2020 Variant 2 ---------------------117
May/June 2020 Variant 3 ---------------------129
Chemistry 0620 Paper 6
Alternative to Practical

October/November 2020 Variant 1 ---------------------141


October/November 2020 Variant 2 ---------------------153
Table of Contents
October/November 2020 Variant 3 ---------------------165
For Examination from -----------------------------------177
2020
February/March 2019 Variant 2 ---------------------189
May/June 2019 Variant 1 ---------------------201
May/June 2019 Variant 2 ---------------------213
May/June 2019 Variant 3 ---------------------225
October/November 2019 Variant 1 ---------------------237
October/November 2019 Variant 2 ---------------------245
October/November 2019 Variant 3 ---------------------257
February/March 2018 Variant 2 ---------------------265
May/June 2018 Variant 1 ---------------------277
May/June 2018 Variant 2 ---------------------289
May/June 2018 Variant 3 ---------------------301
October/November 2018 Variant 1 ---------------------313
October/November 2018 Variant 2 ---------------------325
October/November 2018 Variant 3 ---------------------337
February/March 2017 Variant 2 ---------------------349
May/June 2017 Variant 1 ---------------------357
May/June 2017 Variant 2 ---------------------365
May/June 2017 Variant 3 ---------------------373
October/November 2017 Variant 1 ---------------------381
October/November 2017 Variant 2 ---------------------389
October/November 2017 Variant 3 ---------------------397
February/March 2016 Variant 2 ---------------------409
May/June 2016 Variant 1 ---------------------421
May/June 2016 Variant 2 ---------------------429
May/June 2016 Variant 3 ---------------------437
October/November 2016 Variant 1 ---------------------449
October/November 2016 Variant 2 ---------------------461
October/November 2016 Variant 3 ---------------------473
For Examination from -----------------------------------485
2016
Cambridge IGCSE™
*0123456789*

CHEMISTRY0620/06
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical For examination from 2023

SPECIMEN PAPER 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 40.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].
● Notes for use in qualitative analysis are provided in the question paper.

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

1/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A student investigates the rate of reaction between magnesium ribbon and excess dilute
hydrochloric acid by measuring the volume of gas produced.

The student uses the apparatus in Fig. 1.1 to do two different experiments.

magnesium ribbon water

dilute
hydrochloric
acid

Fig. 1.1

(a) Name the items of apparatus labelled X and Y in Fig. 1.1.

X ................................................................................................................................................

Y ................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) The gas made in the reaction is hydrogen.

Describe how the student can test that the gas is hydrogen.

Give the expected result of the test.

test .............................................................................................................................................

result ..........................................................................................................................................
[1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23

2/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
3

Fig. 1.2 shows the results for each experiment.

100

80 Experiment 1

60
volume of
gas / cm3

40 Experiment 2

20

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120

time / s

Fig. 1.2

(c) (i) Use Fig. 1.2 to determine the total volume of gas made in each experiment.

total volume in Experiment 1 ......................................................... cm3

total volume in Experiment 2 ......................................................... cm3


 [1]

(ii) Use your answers in (c)(i) to suggest what the student changed Experiment 2.

............................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) On Fig. 1.2, sketch the curve expected if Experiment 1 is repeated using magnesium
powder instead of magnesium ribbon. All other conditions remain the same. [2]

 [Total: 7]

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23 [Turn over


3/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigates the reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and two different aqueous
solutions of sodium hydroxide labelled solution A and solution B.

The student does two experiments.

Experiment 1

The student:
• rinses a burette with dilute hydrochloric acid
• fills the burette with dilute hydrochloric acid
• runs out some of the acid so that the level of acid is on the burette scale
• uses a measuring cylinder to pour 25 cm3 of solution A into a conical flask
• adds five drops of thymolphthalein indicator to the conical flask
• swirls the flask while adding the acid from the burette to the conical flask until the solution just
changes colour.

Experiment 2

The student:
• empties and rinses the conical flask with distilled water
• repeats Experiment 1 using solution B instead of solution A.

(a) Use Fig. 2.1 and Fig. 2.2 to record the readings for Experiments 1 and 2 in Table 2.1 and
complete Table 2.1.

Experiment 1

3 29

4 30

5 31

initial reading final reading

Fig. 2.1

Experiment 2

15 29

16 30

17 31

initial reading final reading

Fig. 2.2

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23

4/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
5

Table 2.1

Experiment 1 Experiment 2
final burette reading / cm3
initial burette reading / cm3
volume of dilute hydrochloric acid added / cm3
[4]

(b) State the colour change observed in Experiment 1.

from ................................................................ to ................................................................ [1]

(c) (i) State which solution of sodium hydroxide, solution A or solution B, is the more
concentrated.

Explain your answer.

............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Deduce the simplest whole number ratio of concentration of solution A : concentration of
solution B.

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) State the volume of hydrochloric acid needed if Experiment 1 is repeated using 10 cm3 of
solution A.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(e) In Experiment 2 the conical flask is rinsed with distilled water.

(i) Suggest why the conical flask is rinsed with distilled water.

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) The conical flask is not dried after it is rinsed with distilled water.

Suggest why the conical flask is not dried.

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23 [Turn over


5/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(f) State the effect, if any, on the volume of dilute hydrochloric acid used in Experiment 1 if the
solution of sodium hydroxide is warmed before adding the dilute hydrochloric acid.

Give a reason for your answer.

effect on volume .................................................................................................................

reason ................................................................................................................................
[2]

(g) (i) Suggest how the reliability of the results from Experiment 1 and Experiment 2 can be
confirmed.

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Suggest a more accurate method of measuring the volume of the solution of
sodium hydroxide.

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(h) Aqueous sodium hydroxide reacts with aqueous barium chloride to form a white precipitate of
barium hydroxide.

Use this information to suggest a different method of finding out which of the solutions of
sodium hydroxide, solution A or solution B, is more concentrated.

In your answer, state how your results show which solution of sodium hydroxide, solution A or
solution B, is more concentrated.

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23

6/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 A student tests two solids, solid C and solid D.

tests on solid C

Solid C is iron(II) sulfate.

Complete the expected observations.

The student dissolves solid C in water to form solution C.

The student divides solution C into three portions.

(a) To the first portion of solution C, the student adds 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few
drops of aqueous silver nitrate.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) To the second portion of solution C, the student adds 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a
few drops of aqueous barium nitrate.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) To the third portion of solution C, the student adds aqueous ammonia dropwise and then in
excess.

observations ..............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23 [Turn over


7/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid D

Table 3.1 shows the tests and the student’s observations for solid D. For test 2 and test 3, the
student dissolves solid D in water to form solution D. The student divides solution D into two
portions.

Table 3.1

tests observations
test 1

Do a flame test. orange-red colour


test 2

To the first portion of solution D, add aqueous white precipitate,


sodium hydroxide dropwise and then in excess. no further change
test 3

To the second portion of solution D, add 1 cm3 white precipitate


dilute nitric acid followed by a few drops of
aqueous silver nitrate.

(d) Describe how to do the flame test used in test 1.

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(e) Identify solid D.

....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23

8/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 The label on a bottle of orange drink states ‘contains no artificial colours’.

A scientist thinks that the orange colour in the drink is a mixture of two artificial colours:

• Sunset Yellow E110


• Allura Red E129.

Plan an experiment to show that the orange colour in the drink does not contain these two artificial
colours.

Your plan should describe the use of common laboratory apparatus and samples of E110, E129
and the orange colouring from the drink.

You may draw a diagram to help answer the question.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23

9/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
10

Notes for use in qualitative analysis

Tests for anions

anion test test result


2−
carbonate, CO3 add dilute acid, then test for carbon effervescence, carbon dioxide
dioxide gas produced
chloride, Cl − acidify with dilute nitric acid, then white ppt.
[in solution] add aqueous silver nitrate
bromide, Br− acidify with dilute nitric acid, then cream ppt.
[in solution] add aqueous silver nitrate
iodide, I− acidify with dilute nitric acid, then yellow ppt.
[in solution] add aqueous silver nitrate
nitrate, NO3− add aqueous sodium hydroxide, ammonia produced
[in solution] then aluminium foil; warm carefully
sulfate, SO42− acidify with dilute nitric acid, then white ppt.
[in solution] add aqueous barium nitrate
sulfite, SO32− add a small volume of acidified the acidified aqueous potassium
aqueous potassium manganate(VII) manganate(VII) changes from
purple to colourless

Tests for aqueous cations

cation effect of aqueous sodium hydroxide effect of aqueous ammonia


3+
aluminium, Al  white ppt., soluble in excess, giving white ppt., insoluble in excess
a colourless solution
ammonium, NH4+ ammonia produced on warming –
2+
calcium, Ca white ppt., insoluble in excess no ppt. or very slight white ppt.
3+
chromium(III), Cr green ppt., soluble in excess grey-green ppt., insoluble in excess
copper(II), Cu2+ light blue ppt., insoluble in excess light blue ppt., soluble in excess,
giving a dark blue solution
iron(II), Fe2+ green ppt., insoluble in excess, green ppt., insoluble in excess,
ppt. turns brown near surface on ppt. turns brown near surface on
standing standing
iron(III), Fe3+ red-brown ppt., insoluble in excess red-brown ppt., insoluble in excess
2+
zinc, Zn white ppt., soluble in excess, giving white ppt., soluble in excess, giving
a colourless solution a colourless solution

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23

10/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
11

Tests for gases

gas test and test result


ammonia, NH3 turns damp red litmus paper blue
carbon dioxide, CO2 turns limewater milky
chlorine, Cl 2 bleaches damp litmus paper
hydrogen, H2 ‘pops’ with a lighted splint
oxygen, O2 relights a glowing splint
sulfur dioxide, SO2 turns acidified aqueous potassium manganate(VII) from purple to colourless

Flame tests for metal ions

metal ion flame colour


lithium, Li+ red
sodium, Na+ yellow
potassium, K+ lilac
calcium, Ca2+ orange-red
2+
barium, Ba light green
2+
copper(II), Cu blue-green

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23

11/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 0620/06/SP/23

12/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*1587780154*

CHEMISTRY0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical February/March 2021

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 40.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 03_0620_62/2RP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

13/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Silver chloride is an ionic compound and is insoluble in water. Molten silver chloride breaks down
during electrolysis. The products are chlorine and silver.
Chlorine gas is soluble in water and toxic.

A student suggests using the apparatus shown to break down silver chloride.

power
supply

silver chloride

(a) Draw an arrow on the diagram to show where heat must be applied so that the silver chloride
can break down. [1]

(b) Complete the diagram to show how chlorine gas can be collected and the volume of the
chlorine measured. Label any apparatus you have drawn. [2]

(c) Give two observations that are made as the silver chloride breaks down.

1 ..................................................................................................................................................

2 ..................................................................................................................................................
[2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21


14/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(d) The person doing the experiment followed all normal laboratory safety rules.

State one additional safety precaution that should be taken when doing this experiment. Give
a reason for your answer.

safety precaution ........................................................................................................................

reason .........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(e) Suggest one reason why zinc is not a suitable material to use as the electrodes.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) The chlorine gas was bubbled into an aqueous solution of a sodium salt. The colour of the
solution changed from colourless to orange.

Identify the sodium salt and explain what has happened to cause the colour change.

sodium salt .................................................................................................................................

explanation..................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 10]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21 [Turn over


15/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated the reaction between aqueous potassium  hydroxide and two different
aqueous solutions of hydrochloric acid labelled solution A and solution B.

Two experiments were done.

(a) 
Experiment 1
● A burette was filled with solution A. Some of solution A was run out of the burette so that
the level of solution A was on the burette scale.
● A measuring cylinder was used to measure 25 cm3 of the aqueous potassium hydroxide.
● The aqueous potassium hydroxide was poured into a conical flask.
● Five drops of methyl orange indicator were added to the conical flask.
● Solution  A was added slowly from the burette to the conical flask, while the flask was
swirled, until the solution just changed colour.

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 1.

7 16

8 17

9 18

initial reading final reading

Experiment 1

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of solution A added / cm3


Experiment 2
● The conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.
● The burette was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.
● The burette was rinsed with solution B.
● The burette was filled with solution B. Some of solution B was run out of the burette so that
the level of solution B was on the burette scale.
● A measuring cylinder was used to measure 25 cm3 of the aqueous potassium hydroxide.
● The aqueous potassium hydroxide was poured into the conical flask.
● Five drops of methyl orange indicator were added to the conical flask.
● Solution  B was added slowly from the burette to the conical flask, while the flask was
swirled, until the solution just changed colour.

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21


16/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 2.

7 26

8 27

9 28

initial reading final reading

Experiment 2

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of solution B added / cm3


[4]

(b) State the colour change observed in the conical flask at the end-point in Experiment 2.

from ................................................................ to ................................................................. [1]

(c) Before starting the titration in Experiment 2 the conical flask was rinsed with water.

(i) Explain why the conical flask was rinsed with water.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) The conical flask was not then rinsed with aqueous potassium hydroxide.

State how rinsing the conical flask with aqueous potassium hydroxide would change the
volume of solution B needed. Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(d) (i) Deduce which aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, A or B, was more concentrated.
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Deduce how many times more concentrated this solution of hydrochloric acid was than the
other solution of hydrochloric acid.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21 [Turn over


17/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(e) Explain why Experiment 1 and Experiment 2 should be repeated.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Deduce the volume of solution B required if Experiment 2 is carried out with 50 cm3 of aqueous
potassium hydroxide.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(g) Describe one change that could be made to the apparatus to improve the accuracy of the
results.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(h) Describe what effect using a larger conical flask would have on the results obtained.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 15]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21


18/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solids, solid C and solid D, were analysed.


Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid C


Tests were carried out and the following observations were made.

tests observations
test 1

A flame test was carried out on solid C. a red flame was seen

Solid C was dissolved in distilled water to


produce solution C.

test 2

About 5 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide was no change


added to solution C.

test 3

A piece of aluminium foil was added to the effervescence was seen;


mixture formed in test 2.The mixture was damp red litmus paper turned blue
warmed gently and any gas produced was
tested.

(a) Name the gas that turned the damp red litmus paper blue in test 3.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Identify solid  C.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21 [Turn over


19/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid D

Solid  D was aluminium sulfate.

Complete the expected observations.

Solid  D was dissolved in water to form solution D. Solution D was divided into four approximately
equal portions in four test-tubes.

(c) A
 queous sodium  hydroxide was added dropwise and then in excess to the first portion of
solution D.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Aqueous ammonia was added dropwise and then in excess to the second portion of solution D.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(e) About 1  cm3 of dilute nitric acid and a few drops of aqueous silver nitrate were added to the
third portion of solution D.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) About 1  cm3 of dilute nitric acid and a few drops of aqueous barium nitrate were added to the
fourth portion of solution D.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21


20/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Old concrete contains calcium carbonate. Calcium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.

CaCO3(s) + 2HCl (aq) → CaCl 2(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

Plan an investigation to find which of two lumps of concrete contains the larger percentage of
calcium carbonate. Your plan should include how you will use your results to determine which one
of the two lumps has the larger percentage of calcium carbonate.

You have access to all common laboratory materials and a supply of dilute hydrochloric acid.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21 [Turn over


21/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21


22/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21


23/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/F/M/21


24/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*3435140504*

CHEMISTRY0620/61
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2021

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 40.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 06_0620_61/3RP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

25/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Many indicators are coloured substances obtained from plants.

A student extracted the coloured substances from some berries using the method shown.

C
A B
coloured
solution

the berries the crushed berries were the solid was removed
were crushed heated in water to form from the coloured solution
a coloured solution

(a) Name the items of apparatus labelled A, B and C.

A .................................................................................................................................................

B .................................................................................................................................................

C .................................................................................................................................................
[3]

(b) The student analysed the coloured solution using chromatography.

(i) Complete the diagram to show:


● where the spot of coloured solution should be placed on the paper
● the level of the solvent in the beaker.

lid

beaker

baseline drawn
in pencil
chromatography
paper

[2]

(ii) Explain why pencil is used to draw the baseline on the chromatography paper.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21


26/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(c) The student made two chromatograms. After chromatography, one chromatogram was dipped
in dilute hydrochloric acid and one was dipped in aqueous sodium hydroxide.

The results are shown.

red blue

blue green

chromatogram dipped in chromatogram dipped in


dilute hydrochloric acid aqueous sodium hydroxide

(i) Determine the number of coloured substances in the solution obtained from the berries.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) The table gives the colours of some indicators in acid and alkali.

name of indicator colour in acid colour in alkali


anthocyanin red blue
bromothymol blue yellow blue
congo red blue red
methyl purple purple green

Use the data in the table and the results to give a possible identity for one indicator in the
berries.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21 [Turn over


27/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21


28/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

2 A student investigated the temperature decrease when sodium hydrogencarbonate reacts with
dilute hydrochloric acid.

The student did six experiments.

Experiment 1
● Using a measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid was poured into a conical flask.
● The initial temperature of the acid was measured using a thermometer.
● 1 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate was added to the conical flask. At the same time a stop‑clock
was started.
● The acid and sodium hydrogencarbonate mixture in the conical flask was stirred continuously
using the thermometer.
● The temperature of the mixture after 1 minute was measured.
● The conical flask was rinsed with distilled water.

Experiment 2
● Experiment 1 was repeated using 2 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate instead of 1 g.

Experiment 3
● Experiment 1 was repeated using 3 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate instead of 1 g.

Experiment 4
● Experiment 1 was repeated using 5 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate instead of 1 g.

Experiment 5
● Experiment 1 was repeated using 6 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate instead of 1 g.

Experiment 6
● Experiment 1 was repeated using 7 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate instead of 1 g.

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21 [Turn over


29/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(a) Use the thermometer diagrams to complete the table and calculate the temperature decreases.

mass of sodium initial temperature temperature


thermometer thermometer
experiment hydrogencarbonate temperature after 1 minute decrease
diagram diagram
/ g of acid / °C / °C / °C

30 25

1 1 25 20

20 15

30 25

2 2 25 20

20 15

30 20

3 3 25 15

20 10

30 20

4 5 25 15

20 10

30 20

5 6 25 15

20 10

30 20

6 7 25 15

20 10

[4]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21


30/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(b) Plot the results from Experiments 1 to 6 on the grid.

Draw two best-fit straight lines through your points. The first straight line should be for the first
three points and must pass through (0,0). The second straight line should be for the last three
points and must be horizontal. Extend your straight lines so that they meet each other.

12

10

temperature
decrease / °C
6

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
mass of sodium hydrogencarbonate / g
[4]

(c) (i) 
From your graph, determine the temperature decrease and mass of sodium
hydrogencarbonate where your two straight lines meet. Include appropriate units in your
answer.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

temperature decrease = ..............................

mass of sodium hydrogencarbonate = ..............................


[3]

(ii) Explain why the temperature decrease becomes constant for high masses of sodium
hydrogencarbonate.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21 [Turn over


31/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(d) The investigation was repeated with dilute hydrochloric acid of half the concentration, but the
same volume.

Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect to obtain.

Label your line D.[2]

(e) Suggest two changes that could be made to the apparatus that would improve the accuracy of
the results. For each change explain why it would improve the accuracy of the results.

change 1 .....................................................................................................................................

explanation 1 ..............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

change 2 .....................................................................................................................................

explanation 2 ..............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[4]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21


32/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

3 Solid  E and solution F were analysed.


Tests were done on each substance.

tests on solid E


tests observations
test 1

About half of solid E was placed in a test-tube and steam was given off;
heated gently. condensation appeared near
the mouth of the test-tube
The remaining solid E was dissolved in distilled water
to produce solution E. The solution was divided
into four equal portions in three test‑tubes and a
boiling tube.

test 2

About 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few no visible change


drops of aqueous silver nitrate were added to the first
portion of solution E.
test 3

About 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few white precipitate


drops of aqueous barium nitrate were added to the
second portion of solution E.
test 4

Excess aqueous ammonia was added to the third white precipitate


portion of solution E.
test 5

Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added dropwise and white precipitate which dissolved in
then in excess to the fourth portion of solution E in excess to form a colourless solution
the boiling tube.
test 6

The product from test 5 was warmed gently and any the red litmus paper turned blue
gas given off was tested with damp red litmus paper.

(a) State the conclusion that can be made from the observations in test 1.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) State the conclusion that can be made from the observation in test 2.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21 [Turn over


33/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

(c) Identify the three ions in solid E.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

tests on solution F

Solution  F was aqueous sodium hydroxide.

Complete the expected observations.

(d) A flame test was carried out on solution F.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) The remaining solution F was divided into two approximately equal portions in two test‑tubes.

(i) To the first portion of solution F a few drops of universal indicator solution were added.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) To the second portion of solution F approximately 2 cm3 of aqueous copper(II) sulfate was
added.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21


34/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

4 Dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with calcium carbonate to make carbon dioxide gas. The apparatus
shown in the diagram can be used to follow the progress of the reaction. The carbon dioxide gas
leaves the flask causing the mass shown on the balance to decrease.

cotton wool

dilute hydrochloric acid


calcium carbonate

260.00 balance

Plan an investigation, using the apparatus shown in the diagram, to find out how the temperature
of the dilute hydrochloric acid affects the rate of the reaction. Your plan should include how your
results will show how the temperature of the dilute hydrochloric acid affects the rate of the reaction.

You are provided with dilute hydrochloric acid, calcium carbonate and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21 [Turn over


35/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/M/J/21


36/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*2018500414*

CHEMISTRY0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2021

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
●● Answer all questions.
●● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
●● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
●● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
●● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
●● Do not write on any bar codes.
●● You may use a calculator.
●● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
●● The total mark for this paper is 40.
●● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 06_0620_62/RP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

37/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Barium sulfate is an insoluble salt. Barium sulfate can be made by reacting excess aqueous


sodium sulfate with aqueous barium chloride.

sodium sulfate + barium chloride → sodium chloride + barium sulfate

A student made a sample of barium sulfate using the following steps.

step 1 step 2 step 3


residue of solid
aqueous
barium sulfate
sodium sulfate
A
stir

aqueous
barium chloride

excess aqueous the mixture the solid barium sulfate was


sodium sulfate was added was stirred removed from the mixture
to aqueous barium chloride

(a) Name the items of apparatus labelled A and B.

A .................................................................................................................................................

B .................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) Name the process shown in step 3.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) The general name for the solid in step 3 is residue.

State the general name for the solution obtained from the process in step 3.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21


38/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(d) Two more steps, step 4 and step 5, are needed to obtain a pure sample of barium sulfate. In
each of these steps something is removed from the residue.

State what is done in each of step 4 and step 5 and identify the substance removed from the
barium sulfate.

step 4 .........................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

substance removed ....................................................................................................................

step 5 .........................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

substance removed ....................................................................................................................


[4]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21 [Turn over


39/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21


40/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

2 
A student investigated the volume of gas made when sodium carbonate reacts with dilute
hydrochloric acid.

Five experiments were carried out using the apparatus shown.

rubber delivery tube clamp

bung inverted 100 cm3


measuring cylinder

boiling tube trough

water


Experiment 1
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 16 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid was poured into a boiling tube.
●● The apparatus was set up as shown in the diagram.
●● The bung was removed from the boiling tube.
●● 2.5 g of sodium carbonate was added to the boiling tube and the bung was immediately
replaced.
●● When no more gas was being collected, the volume of gas in the measuring cylinder was
measured.


Experiment 2
●● Experiment 1 was repeated using 14 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid instead of 16 cm3.


Experiment 3
●● Experiment 2 was repeated using 12 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid instead of 14 cm3.


Experiment 4
●● Experiment 3 was repeated using 10 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid instead of 12 cm3.


Experiment 5
●● Experiment 4 was repeated using 6 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid instead of 10 cm3.

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21 [Turn over


41/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(a) Use the information in the description of the experiments and the inverted measuring cylinder
diagrams to complete the table.

volume of dilute inverted measuring volume of gas


experiment
hydrochloric acid / cm3 cylinder diagram collected / cm3

40

1
50

60

40

2
50

60

40

3
50

60

30

4
40

50

20

5
30

40

[3]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21


42/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(b) Write a suitable scale on the y-axis and plot the results from Experiments 1 to 5 on the grid.
Draw a straight line of best fit.

volume of
gas collected
/ cm3

4 6 8 10 12 14 16
volume of dilute hydrochloric acid / cm3
[4]

(c) (i) 
From your graph, deduce the volume of gas that would be collected if 7 cm3 of dilute
hydrochloric acid was used.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 .............................. cm3
[2]

(ii) The volume of gas made per cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid can be calculated using the
equation shown.

volume of gas collected in cm3


volume of gas per cm3 of acid =
volume of acid in cm3

Use this equation and your answer to (c)(i) to calculate the volume of gas made per cm3
of dilute hydrochloric acid.

 .............................. [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21 [Turn over


43/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(d) The bung was removed and then replaced immediately after the sodium carbonate was added
to the boiling tube.

(i) Explain why the bung must be replaced immediately after the sodium carbonate is added
to the boiling tube.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain how the apparatus could be altered so that the bung does not have to be removed.
You may draw a diagram to explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(e) State one advantage of using a burette rather than a measuring cylinder to measure the
volume of the dilute hydrochloric acid.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) In Experiments 1 to 5, the sodium carbonate was in excess.

Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect if all of the experiments were repeated using
dilute hydrochloric acid of half the concentration.

Label your line F.[2]

 [Total: 16]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21


44/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

3 Solution  G and solid H were analysed.

tests on solution G

tests observations
Solution G was divided into three equal portions
in three test‑tubes.

test 1

Sodium hydroxide was added dropwise and white precipitate which did not
then in excess to the first portion of solution G. dissolve in excess

test 2

About 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a yellow precipitate


few drops of aqueous silver nitrate were added
to the second portion of solution G.

test 3

About 10 cm3 of aqueous hydrogen peroxide the mixture became brown and bubbled;
was added to the third portion of solution G. the gas relit a glowing splint
The gas produced was tested.

(a) Identify the gas produced in test 3.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Use the results of test 1 and test 2 to identify solution G.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21 [Turn over


45/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

tests on solid H

Solid  H was hydrated copper(II) sulfate.

Complete the expected observations.

(c) About half of solid H was placed in a boiling tube and heated using a Bunsen burner.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) A flame test was carried out on solid H.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

The remaining solid H was placed in a boiling tube. About 10 cm3 of distilled water was added to the
boiling tube. The tube was shaken to dissolve solid H and form solution H.

Solution  H was divided into two approximately equal portions in two test‑tubes.

(e) Aqueous ammonia was added dropwise and then in excess to the first portion of solution H.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(f) Approximately 1  cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few drops of aqueous barium nitrate were
added to the second portion of solution H.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 10]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21


46/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

4 The mineral epsomite contains hydrated magnesium sulfate. When epsomite is heated strongly, it
loses water and eventually becomes anhydrous magnesium sulfate.

Plan an investigation to find the percentage by mass of water in a sample of epsomite. Your plan
should include how you would calculate the percentage by mass of water in epsomite.
You have access to common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21 [Turn over


47/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/M/J/21


48/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*2770353343*

CHEMISTRY0620/63
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2021

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 40.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 06_0620_63/3RP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

49/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Cobalt(II) sulfate is a soluble salt. It can be made by reacting insoluble cobalt(II) oxide with


dilute sulfuric acid.

A student made a sample of hydrated cobalt(II) sulfate using the following steps.

step 1 step 2 step 3


A
stir

cobalt(II) oxide

aqueous
cobalt(II) sulfate
B
dilute
sulfuric acid heat
unreacted solid

cobalt(II) oxide was added the mixture was the mixture was
to dilute sulfuric acid stirred and heated allowed to cool

(a) Name the items of apparatus labelled A and B.

A .................................................................................................................................................

B .................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) (i) Suggest why the mixture was heated in step 2.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Name an item of apparatus that can be used to heat the mixture in step 2.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) Name the reactant which was in excess.


Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21


50/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(d) Additional steps are required to obtain pure cobalt(II) sulfate.

(i) The unreacted solid is removed from the aqueous cobalt(II) sulfate.

Name the process used to remove the unreacted solid.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Describe how crystals of hydrated cobalt(II) sulfate could be made from the solution
obtained in (i).

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21 [Turn over


51/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21


52/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

2 A student investigated the rate at which hydrogen gas was made when magnesium reacted with
dilute sulfuric acid.

Five experiments were carried out using the apparatus shown.

rubber delivery tube clamp

bung inverted 100 cm3


measuring cylinder

conical flask
trough

water


Experiment 1
● Using a measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid was poured into a conical flask.
● Using a different measuring cylinder, 30 cm3 of distilled water was poured into the conical flask.
● The apparatus was set up as shown in the diagram.
● The bung was removed from the conical flask.
● A coiled length of magnesium ribbon was added to the conical flask, the bung was replaced
immediately and a timer started.
● The volume of gas collected in the inverted measuring cylinder after 30 seconds was measured.


Experiment 2
● Experiment 1 was repeated using 20 cm3 of distilled water instead of 30 cm3.


Experiment 3
● Experiment 1 was repeated using 10 cm3 of distilled water instead of 30 cm3.


Experiment 4
● Experiment 1 was repeated using 5 cm3 of distilled water instead of 30 cm3.


Experiment 5
● Experiment 1 was repeated without adding any distilled water to the dilute sulfuric acid.

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21 [Turn over


53/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(a) Use the information in the description of the experiments and the inverted measuring cylinder
diagrams to complete the table.

volume of volume of gas


volume of dilute inverted measuring
experiment distilled water collected in
sulfuric acid / cm3 cylinder diagram
/ cm3 30 seconds / cm3

10

1
20

30

10

2
20

30

30

3
40

50

50

4
60

70

80

5
90

100

[4]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21


54/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(b) Plot the results from Experiments 1 to 5 on the grid. Draw a smooth curve of best fit.

100

80

60
volume of gas
collected in
30 seconds / cm3
40

20

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
volume of distilled water / cm 3

[3]

(c) Extrapolate (extend) the line on your graph and deduce the volume of gas that would be
collected in 30 seconds if 35 cm3 of distilled water was added to the dilute sulfuric acid.

 .............................. cm3
[2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21 [Turn over


55/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(d) The rate of reaction can be calculated using the equation shown.

volume of gas collected


rate of reaction =
time taken to collect the gas

(i) Use this equation to calculate the rate of reaction in Experiment 3. Give the units for the
rate you have calculated.

 rate = ..............................

 units = ..............................
[2]

(ii) State which Experiment, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, had the highest rate of reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(e) The volume of the dilute sulfuric acid was measured using a measuring cylinder. A 25 cm3
pipette could have been used instead of a measuring cylinder.

(i) State one advantage of using a 25 cm3 pipette instead of a measuring cylinder.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State one disadvantage of using a 25 cm3 pipette instead of a measuring cylinder.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(f) Name another item of apparatus, which can be used instead of an inverted measuring cylinder,
to collect and measure the volume of gas made in the reaction.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21


56/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

(g) The diagram shows a modified conical flask that could be used in this investigation.

glass divider

magnesium
dilute sulfuric acid

 xplain the advantage of using this type of conical flask instead of the type used in the
E
investigation.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 17]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21 [Turn over


57/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

3 Solid  I and solid J were analysed. Solid I was chromium(III) chloride.

tests on solid I


Complete the expected observations.

Solid  I was placed in a boiling tube and about 10 cm3 of distilled water was added to the boiling
tube. The mixture was shaken to dissolve solid I and form solution I. Solution I was divided into
four portions in four test-tubes.

(a) A
 queous sodium  hydroxide was added dropwise and then in excess to the first portion of
solution I.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) Aqueous ammonia was added dropwise and then in excess to the second portion of solution I.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) About 1  cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few drops of aqueous silver nitrate were added to
the third portion of solution I.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) About 1  cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few drops of aqueous barium nitrate were added
to the fourth portion of solution I.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21


58/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

tests on solid J

tests observations
test 1

A flame test was carried out on solid J. lilac flame

The remaining solid J was placed in a


boiling tube and about 10 cm3 of distilled water
was added to the boiling tube. The mixture was
shaken to dissolve solid J and form solution J.

test 2

About 5 cm3 of dilute nitric acid was added to effervescence


solution J.

Any gas produced was tested. the gas turned limewater milky

test 3

A few drops of aqueous silver nitrate were no visible change


added to the mixture formed in test 2.

(e) Identify the gas formed in test 2.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Identify solid  J.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21 [Turn over


59/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

4 The energy given out when different liquid alcohols are burned can be compared using the apparatus
shown.

thermometer

test-tube

water

spirit burner
liquid alcohol

Describe how the apparatus shown can be used to compare the amount of energy given out by
three different liquid alcohols, ethanol, propanol and butanol. Your answer should include how the
results can be used to determine which fuel gives out the most energy.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/M/J/21


60/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*6975746068*

CHEMISTRY0620/61
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2021

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 40.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 11_0620_61/2RP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

61/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A student investigated the volume of dilute sulfuric acid that would react with 25.0 cm3 of aqueous
sodium carbonate.

●  burette was rinsed with water and then with dilute sulfuric acid.
A
● The burette was filled with dilute sulfuric acid. Some of the dilute sulfuric acid was run out of
the burette so that the level of the dilute sulfuric acid was on the burette scale.
● 25.0  cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate was poured into the apparatus labelled A in the diagram.
● Five drops of methyl orange indicator were added to the aqueous sodium carbonate in A.
● The apparatus labelled A was placed on a white tile.
● The dilute sulfuric acid was added slowly to the 25.0 cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate until
the colour of the methyl orange changed from yellow to orange.

The apparatus was arranged as shown in the diagram.

burette

dilute sulfuric acid

aqueous
sodium carbonate white tile

(a) Name the apparatus labelled A.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) State one safety precaution that should be taken when using dilute sulfuric acid.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Give a reason why the white tile is used.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Describe what should be done to the apparatus labelled A as the dilute sulfuric acid is added
to the aqueous sodium carbonate.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21


62/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(e) State why the burette was rinsed with water and then with dilute sulfuric acid at the start of the
experiment.

water ...........................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

dilute sulfuric acid .......................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 6]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21 [Turn over


63/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated the rate of reaction between small lumps of calcium carbonate and dilute
hydrochloric acid.

The experiment was done at two different temperatures using the apparatus shown in the diagram.
All other conditions were kept the same.

gas syringe

dilute hydrochloric acid

calcium carbonate


Experiment 1
● Using a 50 cm3 measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid was poured into a boiling
tube.
● The temperature of the dilute hydrochloric acid was measured using a thermometer.
● 10 g of lumps of calcium carbonate were added to the boiling tube, the bung replaced and the
stop‑watch started.
● The volume of gas collected in the gas syringe was measured every 50 seconds for 250 seconds.


Experiment 2
● Using a 50 cm3 measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid was poured into a boiling
tube.
● The dilute hydrochloric acid in the boiling tube was warmed using a Bunsen burner.
● The temperature of the dilute hydrochloric acid was measured using a thermometer.
● 10 g of lumps of calcium carbonate were added to the boiling tube, the bung replaced and the
stop‑watch started.
● The volume of gas collected in the gas syringe was measured every 50 seconds for 250 seconds.

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21


64/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(a) Use the diagrams to complete the tables for Experiment 1.

thermometer temperature of dilute


diagram hydrochloric acid / °C

30

25

20

volume of gas
time / s gas syringe diagram
collected / cm3

0 10 20 30 40 50

50 10 20 30 40 50

100 10 20 30 40 50

150 10 20 30 40 50

200 10 20 30 40 50

250 10 20 30 40 50

[2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21 [Turn over


65/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(b) Use the diagrams to complete the tables for Experiment 2.

thermometer temperature of dilute


diagram hydrochloric acid / °C

45

40

35

volume of gas
time / s gas syringe diagram
collected / cm3

0 10 20 30 40 50

50 10 20 30 40 50

100 10 20 30 40 50

150 10 20 30 40 50

200 10 20 30 40 50

250 10 20 30 40 50

[2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21


66/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(c) Plot the results from Experiment 1 and Experiment 2 on the grid.
Draw a curve of best fit for each experiment. Label your curves.

50

40

30
volume of gas
collected / cm3

20

10

0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
time / s
[5]

(d) 
From your graph, deduce the volume of gas collected in Experiment 2 after 120 seconds.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 .............................. cm3

[2]

(e) Explain how the results show that the reaction in Experiment 2 has stopped.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Predict the volume of gas that would be collected in Experiment 1 after 800 seconds.
Explain your answer.

volume of gas collected after 800 seconds ......................................................................... cm3

explanation .................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21 [Turn over


67/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(g) A student stated it would be an improvement to measure the volume of gas collected every
25 seconds.

Explain why this is an improvement.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(h) State two changes to the apparatus to improve the accuracy of the results obtained if the
experiment is repeated using the same thermometer.

change 1 .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

change 2 .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(i) Describe how the method used in Experiment 2 could be changed so that results can be
obtained using dilute hydrochloric acid at 1 °C.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 19]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21


68/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

3 Solution  Y and solution Z were analysed.


The following tests were done on the solutions.

tests on solution Y

tests observations

Solution Y was divided into four portions in four


test‑tubes.

test 1

A strip of universal indicator paper was dipped the universal indicator paper turned blue
into the first portion of solution Y.

test 2

Aqueous copper(II) sulfate was added to the a blue precipitate formed


second portion of solution Y.

test 3

A flame test was done using the third portion of a red flame was seen
solution Y.

test 4

2 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid was added to the no visible change;


fourth portion of solution Y. the test-tube became slightly warmer

(a) Suggest the pH of solution Y.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Identify solution  Y.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21 [Turn over


69/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

tests on solution Z

Solution  Z was aqueous ammonium sulfite.

Complete all of the expected observations.

Solution  Z was divided into three portions in two boiling tubes and a test-tube.

(c) 5  cm3 of dilute hydrochloric  acid was added to the first portion of solution  Z in a boiling
tube. The mixture was warmed and a piece of filter paper soaked in acidified aqueous
potassium manganate(VII) held at the mouth of the boiling tube.

State the colour change of the acidified aqueous potassium manganate(VII).

from ................................................................ to ���������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

(d) Name the gas being tested for in (c).

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) 5  cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the second portion of solution Z in a boiling
tube. The mixture was warmed and the gas given off was tested.

result of gas test .........................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Identify the gas given off in (e).

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(g) About 1  cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid followed by a few drops of aqueous barium nitrate were
added to the third portion of solution Z.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21


70/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

4 Tartrazine is used as a yellow food colouring.

Plan an investigation to find out if a yellow sweet contains tartrazine. Explain how your results will
tell you if the sweet contains tartrazine.

You have access to all normal laboratory materials, a yellow sweet and a sample of tartrazine.

You may draw a labelled diagram as part of your answer.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21 [Turn over


71/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 0620/61/O/N/21


72/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*8853844180*

CHEMISTRY0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2021

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 40.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 11_0620_62/2RP
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

73/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Carbon dioxide is a colourless gas that is denser than air.


Carbon dioxide can be made by reacting marble chips with dilute hydrochloric acid.

A student tried to make and collect carbon dioxide gas using the apparatus shown.

A gas jar

(a) (i) Name the substances labelled A and B.

A ..........................................................................................................................................

B ..........................................................................................................................................
[1]

(ii) Name the item of apparatus labelled C.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) Explain why very little carbon dioxide gas would be collected using the apparatus shown.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21


74/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(c) Complete the diagram to show how carbon dioxide gas could be collected and the volume
measured.

[2]

(d) At the end of the experiment there were unreacted marble chips and aqueous calcium chloride
in the item of apparatus labelled C.

Describe how you would find the mass of unreacted marble chips in apparatus C.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21 [Turn over


75/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2  student investigated the reaction between two different solutions of aqueous sodium carbonate,
A
solution K and solution L, and two different solutions of dilute hydrochloric acid, acid M and acid N.

Three experiments were done.

(a) Experiment 1

●  burette was filled with solution K. Some of solution K was run out of the burette so that
A
the level of solution K was on the burette scale.
● Using a measuring cylinder 25 cm3 of acid M was poured into a conical flask.
● Five drops of methyl orange indicator were added to the conical flask.
● The conical flask was placed on a white tile.
● Solution  K was added slowly from the burette to the conical flask, while the flask was
swirled, until the solution just changed colour.

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 1.

7 31

8 32

9 33

initial reading final reading

Experiment 1

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of solution K added / cm3


Experiment 2

●  he conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.


T
● The burette was refilled with solution K. Some of solution K was run out of the burette so
that the level of solution K was on the burette scale.
● Using a measuring cylinder 25 cm3 of acid N was poured into the conical flask.
● Five drops of methyl orange indicator were added to the conical flask.
● The conical flask was placed on a white tile.
● Solution  K was added slowly from the burette to the conical flask, while the flask was
swirled, until the solution just changed colour.

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21


76/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 2.

3 15

4 16

5 17

initial reading final reading

Experiment 2

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of solution K added / cm3


Experiment 3

●  he burette was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.


T
● The conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.
● The burette was filled with solution L. Some of solution L was run out of the burette so that
the level of solution L was on the burette scale.
● Using a measuring cylinder 25 cm3 of acid N was poured into the conical flask.
● Five drops of methyl orange indicator were added to the conical flask.
● The conical flask was placed on a white tile.
● Solution  L was added slowly from the burette to the conical flask, while the flask was
swirled, until the solution just changed colour.

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 3.

2 26

3 27

4 28

initial reading final reading

Experiment 3

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of solution L added / cm3

[5]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21 [Turn over


77/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(b) State the colour change observed at the end-point in the conical flask in Experiment 1.

from ................................................................ to ���������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

(c) Describe one other observation made when solution K was added to acid M in Experiment 1.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) (i) Compare the volumes of solution K used in Experiment 1 and Experiment 2.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Suggest why different volumes of solution K were needed in Experiment 1 and Experiment 2.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(e) Deduce the volume of solution L required to reach the end-point if Experiment 3 is repeated
using acid M in place of acid N.

 volume of solution L = .............................. cm3 [1]

(f) Explain why the conical flask was rinsed with water at the start of Experiment 2 and Experiment 3.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(g) At the start of Experiment 3 the burette was rinsed with water.

Describe an additional step that should have been done after rinsing the burette with water but
before filling the burette with solution L. Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(h) Explain why the conical flask is placed on a white tile.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(i) Describe how the reliability of the results can be confirmed.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21


78/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(j) State one source of error in Experiment 1. Suggest an improvement to reduce this error.

source of error ............................................................................................................................

improvement ...............................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21 [Turn over


79/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

3 Solid  O and liquid P were analysed. Solid O was ammonium bromide.


Tests were done on each substance.

tests on solid O

Complete the expected observations.

Solid  O was dissolved in water to form solution O. Solution O was divided into four approximately
equal portions in four test‑tubes.

(a) To the first portion of solution O, approximately 2 cm3 of aqueous ammonia was added.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) To the second portion of solution O, approximately 2 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide was
added. The mixture formed was warmed. A gas was given off.

(i) The gas given off was tested with damp red litmus paper.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) Identify the gas given off.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) To the third portion of solution O, approximately 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few
drops of aqueous silver nitrate were added.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) To the fourth portion of solution O, approximately 1 cm3 of aqueous chlorine was added.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21


80/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

tests on liquid P

tests observations

test 1

A few drops of liquid P were placed in a burned with an orange flame and lots of smoke;
crucible. A lighted splint was applied to the soot was left around the top of the crucible
surface of liquid P in the crucible.

test 2

A few drops of liquid P were added to a colour changed from orange to colourless
test‑tube containing 1 cm3 of aqueous
bromine.

(e) State what conclusions can be made about liquid P.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 7]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21 [Turn over


81/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

4 
Cobalt is a metal. Cobalt is between copper and iron in the reactivity series. The mineral
spherocobaltite contains the compound cobalt(II) carbonate and no other metal ions.
Cobalt(II) carbonate is insoluble in water and reacts with dilute acids to form an aqueous solution
of a salt.

Describe how you would obtain a sample of cobalt metal starting with a large lump of spherocobaltite.
You have access to all normal laboratory apparatus and chemicals.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21


82/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21


83/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 0620/62/O/N/21


84/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*4026350879*

CHEMISTRY0620/63
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2021

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 40.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

IB21 11_0620_63/3RP R
© UCLES 2021 [Turn over

85/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21


86/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

1 Hot concentrated hydrochloric acid reacts with solid manganese(IV) oxide to make chlorine gas.
Chlorine gas can be dried by bubbling it through a liquid drying agent.

The diagram shows the apparatus used to make and collect a sample of dry chlorine gas. There is
one error in the diagram.

Y
X
liquid
drying agent
Z

(a) Name the items of apparatus labelled X and Y.

X .................................................................................................................................................

Y .................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) Name the substance labelled Z.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) 
On the diagram draw one arrow to show where heat should be applied so that chlorine gas is
made.[1]

(d) There is one error in the way the apparatus has been set up.

(i) 
On the diagram draw a circle around the error in the apparatus. [1]

(ii) Describe what would happen if the apparatus is used before the error is corrected.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 6]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21 [Turn over


87/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2  student investigated the temperature change when zinc reacted with two different aqueous
A
solutions of copper(II) sulfate, solution Q and solution R.

Two experiments were done.

(a) 
Experiment 1

●  polystyrene cup was placed in a 250 cm3 beaker for support.


A
● Using a measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of solution Q was poured into the polystyrene cup.
● Using a thermometer, the initial temperature of solution Q was measured.
● 3 g of zinc powder was added to the polystyrene cup. At the same time a stop‑clock was
started.
● Using the thermometer, the mixture in the polystyrene cup was continually stirred and the
temperature measured every 30 seconds.

initial temperature in Experiment 1 23 °C

Use the thermometer diagrams and the initial temperature to complete the table.
Calculate the temperature changes using the equation:

temperature change = temperature – initial temperature

time / s 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240


45 50 55 55 55 55 55 55

thermometer diagram 40 45 50 50 50 50 50 50

35 40 45 45 45 45 45 45

temperature / C

temperature change / C

[3]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21


88/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Experiment 2
●  he polystyrene cup was washed out with distilled water.
T
● Experiment 1 was repeated using solution R instead of solution Q.

initial temperature in Experiment 2 24 °C

Use the thermometer diagrams and the initial temperature to complete the table.

time / s 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240


35 40 45 45 45 45 40 40

thermometer diagram 30 35 40 40 40 40 35 35

25 30 35 35 35 35 30 30

temperature / C

temperature change / C

[3]

(c) Complete a suitable scale on the y-axis and plot the results from Experiment 1 and Experiment 2
on the grid. Draw two curves of best fit. Both curves must start at (0,0). Label your curves.

temperature
change / C

0
0 50 100 150 200 250
time / s
[5]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21 [Turn over


89/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) 
From your graph, deduce the temperature change at 110 seconds in Experiment 1.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

.............................. °C
[2]

(e) Predict the temperature of the solution in Experiment 2 after 5 hours. Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(f) (i) Suggest why the experiments were done in a polystyrene cup rather than a glass beaker.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) D
 escribe how the results would be different if a glass beaker is used in place of the
polystyrene cup.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(g) Suggest one change that could be made to the apparatus that would improve the accuracy of
the results. Explain why this change would improve the accuracy of the results.

change ........................................................................................................................................

explanation .................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 19]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21


90/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Solid  S and solid T were analysed.


Tests were done on each substance.

tests on solid S


tests observations

test 1

Solid S was placed in a boiling tube and 10 cm3 effervescence


of dilute hydrochloric acid was added.

The solution formed in test 1 was decanted


from the remaining solid S. The solution is
solution U.

test 2

Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added white precipitate,


dropwise and then in excess to solution U. insoluble in excess

The gas given off in test 1 was carbon dioxide.

(a) Describe how the gas produced in test 1 could be tested to show that it was carbon dioxide.
Give the expected result of the test.

test ..............................................................................................................................................

result ...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) Identify solid  S.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21 [Turn over


91/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid T

Solid  T was iron(III) chloride.

Solid  T was dissolved in water to form solution T. Solution T was divided into four equal portions in
four test‑tubes.

(c) T
 o the first portion of solution T, aqueous sodium hydroxide was added dropwise and then in
excess.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) To the second portion of solution T, 2 cm3 of aqueous ammonia was added.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) To the third portion of solution T, 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few drops of aqueous
silver nitrate were added.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) To the fourth portion of solution T, 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few drops of aqueous
barium nitrate were added.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21


92/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Catalysts are substances which increase the rate of a reaction but are unchanged at the end of the
reaction.

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide decomposes slowly to form water and oxygen.

2H2O2(aq) → 2H2O(l) + O2(g)

Copper(II) oxide is an insoluble solid.

Plan an investigation to find out if copper(II) oxide is a catalyst for the decomposition of


hydrogen peroxide. You must include how your results will tell you if copper(II) oxide is a catalyst.
You have access to copper(II) oxide, aqueous hydrogen peroxide and all normal laboratory
apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21 [Turn over


93/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21


94/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21


95/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2021 0620/63/O/N/21


96/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*6193842897*

CHEMISTRY0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical February/March 2020

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
●● Answer all questions.
●● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
●● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
●● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
●● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
●● Do not write on any bar codes.
●● You may use a calculator.
●● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
●● The total mark for this paper is 40.
●● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 03_0620_62/2RP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

97/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The table gives the boiling points of four alcohols.

alcohol boiling point / °C


methanol 65
ethanol 79
propan-1-ol 97
butan-1-ol 117

The apparatus shown can be used to separate a mixture of the four alcohols shown in the table.

condenser

mixture alcohol collected


of alcohols

heat

(a) Name the apparatus labelled A and B.

A .................................................................................................................................................

B .................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) Add to the diagram one arrow to show where water enters the condenser. [1]

(c) (i) Why is it not safe to heat the mixture of alcohols with a Bunsen burner?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest how the mixture of alcohols can be heated safely?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20


98/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(d) Describe how the condenser allows the alcohol to be collected as a liquid.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) Which alcohol would be collected first?


Explain your answer.

alcohol collected first ..................................................................................................................

explanation .................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20 [Turn over


99/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20


100/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

2 A student investigated the time taken to collect 40 cm3 of hydrogen gas when magnesium reacts
with dilute sulfuric acid.

Five experiments were done using the apparatus shown.

inverted 50 cm3
measuring cylinder

dilute sulfuric acid


and distilled water water


Experiment 1
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 8 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid was poured into the boiling tube.
●● Using a second measuring cylinder, 12 cm3 of distilled water was added to the acid in the
boiling tube.
●● The apparatus was set up as shown in the diagram, ensuring the inverted measuring cylinder
was full of water.
●● The bung was removed from the boiling tube.
●● A coiled length of magnesium ribbon was added to the boiling tube, the bung was immediately
replaced and a timer started.
●● The time taken for 40 cm3 of gas to be collected was measured.
●● The student felt the outside of the boiling tube.

(a) (i) The student noticed that the boiling tube was warm.

What does this tell you about the type of reaction?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Describe one change that could be made to the apparatus to help keep the temperature
of the contents of the boiling tube constant during the reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

Experiment 2
●● The boiling tube was rinsed out with distilled water.
●● Experiment 1 was repeated using 10 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid and 10 cm3 of distilled water.


Experiment 3
●● Experiment 2 was repeated using 12 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid and 8 cm3 of distilled water.


Experiment 4
●● Experiment 2 was repeated using 16 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid and 4 cm3 of distilled water.


Experiment 5
●● Experiment 2 was repeated using 20 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid and no distilled water.

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20 [Turn over


101/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(b) Use the information in the description of the experiments and the timer diagrams to complete
the table. Record the time in seconds.

volume of volume of
time to collect
experiment dilute sulfuric distilled water timer diagram
40 cm3 of gas / s
acid / cm3 / cm3
0
seconds
0

1 8 45 15 5 15

10
minutes
30

0
0

2 10 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

3 12 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

4 16 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

5 20 45 15 5 15

10
30

[4]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20


102/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(c) Add a suitable scale to the y-axis and plot the results from Experiments 1 to 5 on the grid.
Draw a smooth line graph.

time to collect
40 cm3 of gas / s

6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
volume of dilute sulfuric acid / cm3

[4]

(d) (i) 
From your graph, deduce the time taken to collect 40 cm3 of gas if the experiment was
repeated using 9 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 .............................. s
[2]

(ii) 
What volume of distilled water would be needed if the experiment was repeated
using 9 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid?

 .............................. cm3 [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20 [Turn over


103/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(e) The rate of reaction can be calculated using the equation shown.

volume of gas collected


rate of reaction =
time taken to collect the gas

(i) Use this equation to calculate the rate of reaction in Experiment 1. Give the units for the
rate of reaction you have calculated.

 rate of reaction = .............................. units = ..............................


[2]

(ii) In which Experiment, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, was the rate of reaction greatest?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(f) Why would measuring the volume of dilute sulfuric acid with a burette rather than a measuring
cylinder be an improvement?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(g) The magnesium starts to react with the dilute sulfuric acid as soon as it is added.

(i) Why does this decrease the accuracy of the investigation?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Describe one improvement that you could make to overcome this problem.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 19]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20


104/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

3 Solution  J and solid K were analysed.

tests on solution J


tests observations
Solution J was colourless. Solution J was
divided into three portions in three test‑tubes.

test 1

Universal indicator paper was dipped into the the universal indicator paper turned red
first portion of solution J.
test 2

A spatula measure of sodium carbonate was effervescence was seen, the gas produced
added to the second portion of solution J. The turned limewater milky
gas given off was tested.
test 3

1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid and a few drops of a white precipitate formed


aqueous silver nitrate were added to the third
portion of solution J.

(a) Use the observation from test 1 to suggest the pH of solution J.

 pH = .............................. [1]

(b) Name the gas given off in test 2.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Identify solution  J.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20 [Turn over


105/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

tests on solid K

Solid  K was ammonium nitrate.

Complete the expected observations.

Solid  K was dissolved in water to produce solution K. Solution K was divided into two equal portions.

(d) About 1  cm3 of dilute nitric acid and a few drops of aqueous barium nitrate were added to the
first portion of solution K.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) 2  cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the second portion of solution K. The mixture
was warmed and the gas given off was tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 7]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20


106/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

4 A black dye can be obtained from some plant roots.

Plan an investigation to determine how many different coloured substances are contained in a
black dye obtained from plant roots.

You must include how the results you obtain will tell you how many different coloured substances
are contained in the black dye.

You have access to plant roots and all normal laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20 [Turn over


107/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/F/M/20


108/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*9101215028*

CHEMISTRY0620/61
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2020

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
●● Answer all questions.
●● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
●● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
●● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
●● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
●● Do not write on any bar codes.
●● You may use a calculator.
●● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
●● The total mark for this paper is 40.
●● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 8 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 06_0620_61/2RP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

109/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A student investigated the dyes contained in different coloured inks using chromatography. Water
was the solvent. The diagram shows how the student set up the apparatus.

chromatography
paper

baseline
drawn in ink
water
red orange yellow green blue purple black

(a) Identify two errors in the way the student set up the apparatus.

1 ..................................................................................................................................................

2 ..................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) The student then carried out the chromatography correctly.

The diagram shows the results.

red orange yellow green blue purple black

(i) Which ink contains the greatest number of soluble dyes?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Which two inks are made of a single soluble dye?

................................................................... and ...................................................................


[1]

(iii) From the chromatogram it is not possible to tell if the red ink contains different dyes.

Suggest how the experiment could be changed to find out if the red ink contains different
dyes.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 5]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/M/J/20


110/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and two different aqueous
solutions of sodium carbonate, solution E and solution F.

Three experiments were done.

(a) Experiment 1
●● A burette was filled up to the 0.0 cm3 mark with dilute hydrochloric acid.
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of solution E was poured into a conical flask.
●● Five drops of thymolphthalein indicator were added to the conical flask.
●● Dilute hydrochloric acid was slowly added from the burette to the conical flask, while the
flask was swirled, until the solution just changed colour.

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 1.

0 9

1 10

2 11

initial reading final reading

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of dilute hydrochloric acid added / cm3


Experiment 2
●● The conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.
●● The burette was refilled with dilute hydrochloric acid.
●● Experiment 1 was repeated using five drops of methyl orange indicator instead of
thymolphthalein indicator.

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 2.

5 24

6 25

7 26

initial reading final reading

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of dilute hydrochloric acid added / cm3

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/M/J/20 [Turn over


111/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4


Experiment 3
●● The conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.
●● The burette was refilled with dilute hydrochloric acid.
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of solution F was poured into the conical flask.
●● Five drops of methyl orange indicator were added to the conical flask.
●● Dilute hydrochloric acid was slowly added from the burette to the conical flask, while the
flask was swirled, until the solution just changed colour.

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 3.

1 33

2 34

3 35

initial reading final reading

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of dilute hydrochloric acid added / cm3


[5]

(b) What colour change was observed in the conical flask in Experiment 2?

from .................................................................... to ...................................................................


[2]

(c) Compare the volumes of dilute hydrochloric acid added in Experiment 2 and Experiment 3.
Explain any difference.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Determine the simplest whole number ratio of volumes of dilute hydrochloric acid used in
Experiments 1 and 2.

 ratio Experiment 1 : Experiment 2 = .............................. [1]

(e) What volume of dilute hydrochloric acid would be required if Experiment 3 was repeated using
thymolphthalein indicator instead of methyl orange indicator?

 volume = .............................. [2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/M/J/20


112/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(f) The conical flask was rinsed with distilled water between each experiment.

(i) Why was the conical flask rinsed?

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Why does it not matter if a little distilled water is left in the flask after it has been rinsed?

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(g) State two sources of error in the experiments. For each error suggest an improvement that
would reduce the error.

source of error 1 .........................................................................................................................

improvement 1 ............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

source of error 2 .........................................................................................................................

improvement 2 ............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[4]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/M/J/20 [Turn over


113/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

3 Two solids, solid G and solid H, were analysed. Solid G was copper(II) carbonate.
Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid G


Complete the expected observations.

(a) Solid  G was placed in a boiling tube. An excess of dilute sulfuric acid was added to the
boiling tube. Any gas produced was tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) Identify the gas produced in (a).

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Aqueous ammonia was added slowly until in excess to the solution produced in (a).

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/M/J/20


114/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

tests on solid H

Tests were done and the following observations were made.

tests on solid H observations

test 1

Flame test yellow flame

test 2

Some of solid H was placed in a boiling tube. condensation appeared near the
The boiling tube was heated strongly. mouth of the boiling tube

Solid H was dissolved in distilled water. The


solution was divided into two equal portions.

test 3

About 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a the solution remained colourless


few drops of aqueous silver nitrate were added
to the first portion of the solution.

test 4

About 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by white precipitate


a few drops of aqueous barium nitrate were
added to the second portion of the solution.

(d) What conclusion can be made from the result of test 3?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) What conclusions can be made about solid H from the results of test 1, test 2 and test 4?

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

 [Total: 11]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/M/J/20 [Turn over


115/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 
Cobalt, manganese and nickel are metals. They react with dilute hydrochloric acid to form
hydrogen gas.

Plan an investigation to find the order of reactivity of these three metals.

You are provided with:


●● samples of each metal
●● dilute hydrochloric acid
●● common laboratory apparatus.

Your plan must make it clear how your investigation will be a fair test and how you will use your
results to place the metals in order of reactivity.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/M/J/20


116/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*7932494915*

CHEMISTRY0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2020

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
●● Answer all questions.
●● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
●● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
●● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
●● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
●● Do not write on any bar codes.
●● You may use a calculator.
●● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
●● The total mark for this paper is 40.
●● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 06_0620_62/3RP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

117/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20


118/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

1 Hot copper(II) oxide reacts with hydrogen. The products are copper and steam.

The apparatus used to react copper(II) oxide with hydrogen is shown.

copper(II) oxide
U-tube
unreacted
hydrogen
hydrogen

colourless
liquid
collected

ice

(a) Draw an arrow on the diagram to show where the apparatus should be heated. [1]

(b) During the reaction the colour of the copper(II) oxide changes.

State the colour change.

from ................................................................... to ....................................................................


[1]

(c) Identify the colourless liquid collected.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Explain why the U-tube is in ice.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20 [Turn over


119/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(e) (i) Large amounts of unreacted hydrogen should not be allowed to escape into the laboratory.

State why.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Complete the diagram to show how the unreacted hydrogen could be collected and its
volume measured.
Label any apparatus that you draw.

U-tube unreacted
hydrogen

ice

colourless liquid
collected

[2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20


120/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

2 
A student investigated the temperature change when magnesium ribbon reacts with
dilute sulfuric acid.

Five experiments were done.


Experiment 1
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 20 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid were poured into a boiling tube.
●● A thermometer was used to measure the initial temperature of the acid.
●● A 1 cm length of magnesium ribbon was added to the acid in the boiling tube.
●● The acid and magnesium ribbon in the boiling tube were stirred continuously using a
thermometer.
●● The highest temperature reached by the mixture was measured.
●● The boiling tube was rinsed out with distilled water.

Experiment 2
●● E
 xperiment 1 was repeated using a 2 cm length of magnesium ribbon instead of the 1 cm length.

Experiment 3
●● E
 xperiment 1 was repeated using a 3 cm length of magnesium ribbon instead of the 1 cm length.

Experiment 4
●● E
 xperiment 1 was repeated using a 5 cm length of magnesium ribbon instead of the 1 cm length.

Experiment 5
●● E
 xperiment 1 was repeated using a 6 cm length of magnesium ribbon instead of the 1 cm length.

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20 [Turn over


121/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(a) Use the information in the description of the experiments and the thermometer diagrams to
complete the table.

initial temperature highest temperature


length of temperature
experiment magnesium initial highest increase
thermometer thermometer
ribbon / cm temperature temperature / °C
diagram diagram
of acid / °C of acid / °C
30 30

1 25 25

20 20

30 30

2 25 25

20 20

30 30

3 25 25

20 20

30 40

4 25 35

20 30

30 40

5 25 35

20 30

[4]

(b) In which experiment, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, was the temperature increase the largest?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20


122/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(c) Add a suitable scale to the y-axis and plot the results from Experiments 1 to 5 on the grid.
Draw a smooth line graph, making sure that your line passes through (0,0).

temperature
increase / °C

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
length of magnesium ribbon / cm
[5]

(d) Explain why the graph line must pass through (0,0).

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) From your graph, deduce the temperature increase if Experiment 1 is repeated using a 4 cm
length of magnesium ribbon.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

..............................
[3]

(f) (i) Why would carrying out the experiment in a polystyrene cup rather than a boiling tube
improve the accuracy of the results?

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect if the experiment was repeated using a
polystyrene cup instead of a boiling tube. [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20 [Turn over


123/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(g) The volume of dilute sulfuric acid could be measured with a 20 cm3 pipette.

(i) State one advantage of using a pipette rather than a measuring cylinder.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State one disadvantage of using a pipette rather than a measuring cylinder.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20


124/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

3 Two solids, solid L and solid M, were analysed. Solid L was chromium(III) chloride.
Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid L


Complete the expected observations.

Solid  L was dissolved in distilled water to produce solution L. Solution L was divided into four
portions in three test-tubes and a boiling tube.

(a) T
 o the first portion of solution L in the boiling tube, about 1 cm depth of dilute hydrochloric acid
was added. The boiling tube was warmed gently.

 strip of filter paper was dipped in acidified potassium manganate(VII) solution and held at
A
the mouth of the boiling tube.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) To the second portion of solution L aqueous sodium hydroxide was added slowly until it was in
excess and no further changes were seen.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) To the third portion of solution L aqueous ammonia was added slowly until it was in excess and
no further changes were seen.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) To the fourth portion of solution L about 1 cm depth of dilute nitric acid was added followed by
about 1 cm depth of aqueous silver nitrate.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20 [Turn over


125/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

tests on solid M

Tests were done and the following observations made.

tests on solid M observations

test 1

Flame test yellow flame seen

test 2

About 10 cm3 of dilute nitric acid was added to effervescence


solid M.
Any gas produced was tested. limewater turned milky

test 3

About 1 cm depth of aqueous barium nitrate no change


was added to the solution formed by adding
dilute nitric acid to solid M in test 2.

(e) Identify solid M.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20


126/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

4 Many window-cleaning products contain aqueous ammonia. Aqueous ammonia is an alkali that
reacts with dilute acids.

Plan an investigation to find which of two window-cleaning products contains the most concentrated
aqueous ammonia. Include in your plan:
●● the method you will use
●● how your results will be used to determine which window-cleaning product contains the most
concentrated aqueous ammonia.

You are provided with an aqueous solution of the two window‑cleaning products,

dilute hydrochloric acid of known concentration and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20 [Turn over


127/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/M/J/20


128/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*8571205354*

CHEMISTRY0620/63
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2020

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
●● Answer all questions.
●● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
●● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
●● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
●● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
●● Do not write on any bar codes.
●● You may use a calculator.
●● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
●● The total mark for this paper is 40.
●● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 06_0620_63/3RP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

129/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A sample of rock salt contains sodium chloride and sand.

Sodium chloride is soluble in water. Sand is insoluble in water.

A student obtained dry crystals of pure sodium chloride from a lump of rock salt.
These are some of the steps the student used.

step 1 step 2 step 3

sand
rock salt
A B

grind the rock salt add the rock salt to water and heat filter the mixture
into smaller pieces while stirring with a glass rod

(a) Name the apparatus labelled A in step 1.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Explain why the mixture is heated and stirred in step 2.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) (i) Name the apparatus labelled B in step 3.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State the scientific term for the sand left on the filter paper in step 3.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(d) Describe what the student must do after step 3 to obtain dry crystals of pure sodium chloride.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

 [Total: 7]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20


130/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the temperature change when aqueous sodium hydroxide neutralises dilute
hydrochloric acid. The equation for the reaction is shown.

NaOH + HCl → NaCl + H2O

Eight experiments were done.


Experiment 1
●● A polystyrene cup was placed into a 250 cm3 beaker for support.
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 5 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide was poured into the polystyrene
cup.
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 45 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid was poured into the polystyrene
cup.
●● The mixture was stirred and the maximum temperature reached was measured using a
thermometer.
●● The polystyrene cup was rinsed with distilled water.

Experiment 2
Experiment 1 was repeated using 10 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide and 40 cm3 of
●● 
dilute hydrochloric acid.


Experiment 3
Experiment 1 was repeated using 15 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide and 35 cm3 of
●● 
dilute hydrochloric acid.


Experiment 4
Experiment 1 was repeated using 20 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide and 30 cm3 of
●● 
dilute hydrochloric acid.


Experiment 5
Experiment 1 was repeated using 30 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide and 20 cm3 of
●● 
dilute hydrochloric acid.


Experiment 6
Experiment 1 was repeated using 35 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide and 15 cm3 of
●● 
dilute hydrochloric acid.


Experiment 7
Experiment 1 was repeated using 40 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide and 10 cm3 of
●● 
dilute hydrochloric acid.


Experiment 8
●●  cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide and 5 
Experiment 1 was repeated using 45  cm3 of
dilute hydrochloric acid.

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20 [Turn over


131/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Use the information in the description of the experiments and the thermometer diagrams to
complete the table.

volume of volume of dilute highest


thermometer
experiment aqueous sodium hydrochloric acid temperature
diagram
hydroxide / cm3 / cm3 reached / °C
30

1 5 25

20

30

2 10 25

20

30

3 15 25

20

30

4 20 25

20

30

5 30 25

20

30

6 35 25

20

30

7 40 25

20

30

8 45 25

20

[4]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20


132/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results from Experiments 1 to 8 on the grid. Draw two straight lines through the points.
Extend your straight lines so that they cross.

34

32

30

highest
temperature 28
reached / °C

26

24

22
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
volume of aqueous sodium hydroxide / cm3
[4]

(c) 
The point on the graph where the two straight lines cross is where all of the
aqueous sodium hydroxide reacts with all of the dilute hydrochloric acid to form a neutral
solution.

(i) 
Use your graph to deduce the volume of aqueous sodium hydroxide and the volume of
dilute hydrochloric acid that react together to produce a neutral solution.
Show your working on the grid.

 volume of aqueous sodium hydroxide = .............................. cm3

 volume of dilute hydrochloric acid = .............................. cm3


[3]

(ii) 
Use your graph to determine the highest temperature reached if the volumes in (c)(i)
were mixed together.

 highest temperature reached = .............................. [2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20 [Turn over


133/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(iii) Which solution, aqueous sodium hydroxide or dilute hydrochloric acid, was the most
concentrated?
Use your answer to (c)(i) to explain why.

most concentrated solution ..................................................................................................

explanation ..........................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[1]

(d) 
On the graph, sketch the lines you would expect to obtain if a copper can was used instead of
a polystyrene cup. [2]

(e) Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using a burette, instead of a measuring cylinder,
to add the dilute hydrochloric acid directly into the polystyrene cup.

advantage ...................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

disadvantage ..............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(f) How could the reliability of the results of this investigation be checked?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 19]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20


134/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solids, solid N and solid P, were analysed.


Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid N

Tests were done and the following observations made.

tests on solid N observations

Solid N was dissolved in distilled water to


produce solution N. The solution was divided
into three equal portions in three boiling tubes.

test 1

Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added slowly white precipitate formed,


until in excess to the first portion of solution N. the precipitate dissolved in excess aqueous
sodium hydroxide forming a colourless solution

test 2

Aqueous ammonia was added slowly until in white precipitate formed,


excess to the second portion of solution N. the precipitate dissolved in excess aqueous
ammonia forming a colourless solution

test 3

Aluminium foil and aqueous sodium hydroxide effervescence was seen,


were added to the third portion of solution N. the damp red litmus paper turned blue
The mixture was heated using a Bunsen burner.
Any gas produced was tested with damp red
litmus paper.

(a) Name the gas given off in test 3.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Identify solid  N.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20 [Turn over


135/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid P

Solid  P was potassium iodide.

Complete the expected observations.

(c) Describe the appearance of solid P.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) A flame test was done on solid P.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) Solid  P was dissolved in distilled water to produce solution P. Solution P was divided into three
equal portions in three test-tubes.

(i) About 1 cm depth of dilute nitric acid and a few drops of aqueous silver nitrate were added
to the first portion of solution P.

observations ........................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) About 1 cm depth of dilute nitric acid and a few drops of aqueous barium nitrate were
added to the second portion of solution P.

observations ........................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) A few drops of aqueous bromine were added to the third portion of solution P.

observations ........................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20


136/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Stayclean and Brightwhite are two brands of washing powder. Both contain sodium carbonate.
 Sodium carbonate is soluble in water and reacts with dilute sulfuric acid to produce
carbon dioxide gas.

Plan an investigation to determine which of the two washing powders, Stayclean or Brightwhite,
contains the greatest percentage of sodium carbonate.

You are provided with samples of the two washing powders and common laboratory apparatus and
chemicals.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20 [Turn over


137/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20


138/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20


139/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/M/J/20


140/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*9389523754*

CHEMISTRY0620/61
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2020

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
●● Answer all questions.
●● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
●● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
●● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
●● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
●● Do not write on any bar codes.
●● You may use a calculator.
●● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
●● The total mark for this paper is 40.
●● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 11_0620_61/3RP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

141/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20


142/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

1 The table gives the boiling points of four alcohols.

alcohol boiling point / °C


butanol 117
ethanol 79
pentanol 138
propanol 97

The apparatus shown can be used to obtain propanol from a mixture containing butanol, ethanol,
pentanol and propanol.

mixture of alcohols
alcohol collected
water

electric
heater

(a) Name the items of apparatus labelled A and B.

A .................................................................................................................................................

B .................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) Name this method of separation.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) Explain why it is safer to heat the mixture of alcohols in the way shown rather than with a
Bunsen burner.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20 [Turn over


143/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(d) Describe how propanol can be obtained from the mixture. Use data from the table.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(e) Explain why the apparatus in the diagram cannot be used to obtain butanol from the mixture.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20


144/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

2 A student investigated the mass of lead(II) iodide precipitate formed when aqueous potassium iodide
reacts with aqueous lead(II) nitrate.

The equation for the reaction is shown.

2KI(aq) + Pb(NO3)2(aq) → PbI2(s) + 2KNO3(aq)

The student did seven experiments.


Experiment 1
●● Using a 50 cm3 measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of aqueous potassium iodide was poured into a
beaker.
●● Using a clean 50 cm3 measuring cylinder, 10 cm3 of aqueous lead(II) nitrate was added to the
aqueous potassium iodide in the beaker. The solutions were mixed together.
●● The mass of the precipitate of lead(II) iodide formed was found.


Experiment 2
Experiment 1 was repeated using a larger volume of aqueous lead(II) nitrate than in
●● 
Experiment 1.


Experiment 3
Experiment 1 was repeated using a larger volume of aqueous lead(II) nitrate than in
●● 
Experiment 2.


Experiment 4
Experiment 1 was repeated using a larger volume of aqueous lead(II) nitrate than in
●● 
Experiment 3.


Experiment 5
Experiment 1 was repeated using a larger volume of aqueous lead(II) nitrate than in
●● 
Experiment 4.


Experiment 6
Experiment 1 was repeated using a larger volume of aqueous lead(II) nitrate than in
●● 
Experiment 5.


Experiment 7
Experiment 1 was repeated using a larger volume of aqueous lead(II) nitrate than in
●● 
Experiment 6.

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20 [Turn over


145/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(a) Use the measuring cylinder diagrams to complete the table.

volume of aqueous measuring cylinder volume of mass of lead(II)


experiment potassium iodide diagram for aqueous aqueous lead(II) iodide precipitate
/ cm3 lead(II) nitrate nitrate / cm3 / g

1 25 10 1.4

20

2 25 2.3

10

30

3 25 3.3

20

30

4 25 4.1

20

40

5 25 5.1

30

50

6 25 5.1

40

50

7 25 5.1

40

[2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20


146/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(b) Plot the results from Experiments 1 to 7 on the grid. Draw two straight lines through the points.
Extend your straight lines so that they meet.

6.0

5.0

4.0

mass of
lead(II) iodide
precipitate / g 3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50
volume of aqueous lead(II) nitrate / cm3
[5]

From your graph, deduce the mass of lead(II) iodide precipitate that would be formed if
(c) 
Experiment 1 was repeated using 20 cm3 of aqueous lead(II) nitrate.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 mass = .............................. g [2]

(d) Explain why the same mass of precipitate is formed in Experiment 5, Experiment 6 and
Experiment 7.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect if all of the experiments were repeated using
aqueous potassium iodide with half the concentration. [2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20 [Turn over


147/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(f) (i) State why using a 25.0 cm3 pipette to measure the volume of aqueous potassium iodide
would be an improvement.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) 
State why a 25.0  cm3 pipette could not be used to measure the volume of
aqueous lead(II) nitrate in each experiment.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(g) Describe how the solid lead(II) iodide can be separated from the reaction mixture and its mass
found.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

 [Total: 17]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20


148/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

3 Solid  Y and solid Z were analysed.


Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid Y observations

Solid Y was dissolved in distilled water to form


solution Y. Solution Y was divided into four
portions in four boiling tubes.

test 1

Aqueous ammonia was added dropwise and a white precipitate formed which
then in excess to the first portion of solution Y. was insoluble in excess

test 2

Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added a white precipitate formed which dissolved


dropwise and then in excess to the second in excess to form a colourless solution
portion of solution Y.

test 3

A piece of aluminium foil was added to the the gas turned damp red litmus paper blue
solution formed in test 2. The mixture was
warmed and any gas given off was tested.

test 4

About 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid and a few drops the solution remained colourless,
of aqueous silver nitrate were added to the third no precipitate formed
portion of solution Y.

(a) Name the gas given off in test 3.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Identify solid  Y.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) A strip of universal indicator paper was dipped into the fourth portion of solution Y.
The universal indicator paper turned orange.

What additional information does this give about solution Y?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20 [Turn over


149/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

tests on solid Z

Solid  Z was iron(II) sulfate.

Complete the expected observations.

Solid  Z was dissolved in water to produce solution Z. Solution Z was split into three equal portions
in three boiling tubes.

(d) Aqueous ammonia was added dropwise and then in excess to the first portion of solution Z.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(e) About 2  cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid was added to the second portion of solution Z.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) The solution from (e) was warmed and a piece of filter paper soaked in acidified aqueous
potassium manganate(VII) was held at the mouth of the boiling tube.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(g) About 1  cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a few drops of aqueous barium nitrate were added
to the third portion of solution Z.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20


150/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

4 A mixture contains three solid compounds:


●● copper(II) sulfate
●● cetyl alcohol
●● silicon dioxide.

The table gives some information on the solubility of these three solids.

solubility in solubility in
name of compound
water propanone
copper(II) sulfate soluble insoluble
cetyl alcohol insoluble soluble
silicon dioxide insoluble insoluble

Plan a method to obtain a pure sample of each of the three solids, copper(II) sulfate, cetyl alcohol
and silicon dioxide, from the mixture.

You have access to normal laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20 [Turn over


151/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 0620/61/O/N/20


152/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*8955238231*

CHEMISTRY0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2020

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
●● Answer all questions.
●● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
●● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
●● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
●● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
●● Do not write on any bar codes.
●● You may use a calculator.
●● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
●● The total mark for this paper is 40.
●● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 11_0620_62/RP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

153/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 
The diagram shows the apparatus used to pass an electric current through
concentrated hydrochloric acid. Hydrogen and chlorine were formed at the electrodes.

+ power –
supply

switch

(a) Name the item of apparatus labelled A.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) The electrodes were made of platinum.

(i) Give two reasons why platinum is a suitable material for the electrodes.

1 ...........................................................................................................................................

2 ...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(ii) Suggest another material suitable to use as electrodes in this experiment.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) The teacher doing this experiment wore safety glasses, gloves, had their hair tied back and
stood up throughout the experiment.

State one other safety precaution that should be taken when doing this experiment.
Explain your answer.

safety precaution ........................................................................................................................

explanation .................................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 6]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20


154/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2  student investigated the rate of a reaction between sodium metabisulfite and potassium iodate.


A
In the reaction, starch was used as an indicator. At first the reacting mixture remained colourless
but then suddenly changed to a blue-black colour.

Five experiments were done. In each experiment the total volume of liquid was 45 cm3.


Experiment 1
●● Using a 10 cm3 measuring cylinder, 5 cm3 of aqueous sodium metabisulfite was poured into a
beaker.
●● Using another 10 cm3 measuring cylinder, 5 cm3 of aqueous starch was poured into the beaker.
●● Using a 25 cm3 measuring cylinder, 15 cm3 of distilled water was poured into the beaker.
●● Using another 25 cm3 measuring cylinder, 20 cm3 of aqueous potassium iodate was poured into
the beaker. At the same time a stop‑clock was started.
●● The mixture in the beaker was stirred until a sudden colour change was seen.
●● The stop‑clock was immediately stopped and the time recorded.
●● The beaker was rinsed with water.


Experiment 2
●● 
Experiment 1 was repeated using 17 
cm3 of distilled water and 18 
cm3 of
aqueous potassium iodate.


Experiment 3
●● 
Experiment 1 was repeated using 21 
cm3 of distilled water and 14 
cm3 of
aqueous potassium iodate.


Experiment 4
●● 
Experiment 1 was repeated using 23 
cm3 of distilled water and 12 
cm3 of
aqueous potassium iodate.


Experiment 5
●● 
Experiment 1 was repeated using 25 
cm3 of distilled water and 10 
cm3 of
aqueous potassium iodate.

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20 [Turn over


155/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Use the information in the description of the experiments and the stop‑clock diagrams to
complete the table. Record the times in seconds.

volume of volume volume of time to


aqueous sodium of distilled aqueous change
experiment stop‑clock diagram
metabisulfite water potassium colour
/ cm3 / cm3 iodate / cm3 / s
0
seconds
0

1 20 45 15 5 15

10
minutes
30
0
0

2 18 45 15 5 15

10
30
0
0

3 14 45 15 5 15

10
30
0
0

4 12 45 15 5 15

10
30
0
0

5 10 45 15 5 15

10
30

[5]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20


156/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results from Experiments 1 to 5 on the grid.


Draw a smooth curve of best fit.

80

70

60
time to change
colour / s

50

40

30
10 12 14 16 18 20 22
volume of aqueous potassium iodate / cm3
[3]

(c) (i) 
From your graph, predict the time to change colour if 16 cm3 of aqueous potassium iodate
was used.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 time to change colour = .............................. s [2]

(ii) Calculate the volume of distilled water required if 16 cm3 of aqueous potassium iodate was
used.

 volume of distilled water = .............................. cm3 [1]

(d) Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect if Experiments 1 to 5 were repeated at a higher
temperature.[1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20 [Turn over


157/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(e) The concentration of potassium iodate in the reaction mixture in each experiment can be
calculated using the equation shown.

0.05 × volume of aqueous potassium iodate


concentration =
45

(i) Calculate the concentration of potassium iodate in the reaction mixture in Experiment 2.

 concentration = .............................. mol / dm3 [1]

(ii) State which experiment, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, had the fastest rate of reaction.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(f) Suggest why the volume of distilled water added to each experiment was increased as the
volume of aqueous potassium iodate was decreased.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(g) Give one change you could make to the apparatus used which would improve the results.
Explain your answer.

change to apparatus ...................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

explanation .................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(h) How could the reliability of the results of this investigation be checked?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20


158/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Solid  Q and solid R were analysed. Solid Q was zinc carbonate.


Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid Q


Complete the expected observations.

(a) Solid  Q was placed in a boiling tube. About 10 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid was added to the
boiling tube. Any gas produced was tested.
The contents of the boiling tube were kept for (c).

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) Identify the gas given off in (a).

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) The reaction mixture from (a) was filtered.


The filtrate was solution S. 1 cm depth of solution S was poured into a boiling tube.

(i) Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added dropwise and then in excess to solution S in the
boiling tube.

observations ........................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Explain why it is not possible to identify the cation contained in solution S from your
observations in (c)(i).

..............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Suggest an additional test that can be done on solution S to confirm the cation was Zn2+.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20 [Turn over


159/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid R

Tests were done and the following observations were made.

tests on solid R observations

test 1

A flame test was done on solid R. yellow flame

Solid R was dissolved in distilled water to


produce solution R. The solution was divided
into two equal portions in two test‑tubes.

test 2

About 1 cm3 of dilute nitric acid followed by a yellow precipitate formed


few drops of aqueous silver nitrate were added
to the first portion of solution R.

test 3

The second portion of solution R was added to the solution changed colour
1 cm3 of aqueous bromine in a test‑tube. from orange to brown

(d) Identify solid R.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 10]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20


160/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Brass is a mixture of two metals, copper and zinc.

 opper does not react with dilute sulfuric acid. Zinc reacts with hot dilute sulfuric acid to form the
C
soluble salt zinc sulfate.

Plan an investigation to find the percentage by mass of zinc in a sample of brass.


In your answer you should include how to calculate the percentage by mass of zinc.

You have access to normal laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20 [Turn over


161/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20


162/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20


163/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 0620/62/O/N/20


164/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE™
*3930589971*

CHEMISTRY0620/63
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2020

 1 hour

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

INSTRUCTIONS
●● Answer all questions.
●● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
●● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
●● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
●● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
●● Do not write on any bar codes.
●● You may use a calculator.
●● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.

INFORMATION
●● The total mark for this paper is 40.
●● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].

This document has 12 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

IB20 11_0620_63/2RP
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over

165/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Hot zinc reacts with steam to make zinc oxide and hydrogen gas.

A student wanted to use the apparatus shown to react zinc with steam and to collect the hydrogen.

water and
mineral wool zinc A

boiling tube

water

(a) Name the items of apparatus labelled A and B.

A .................................................................................................................................................

B .................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) State the purpose of the mineral wool.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) The apparatus shown is dangerous to use because of an error in the way it has been set up.

Identify this error.

Explain why this error makes it dangerous to use the apparatus.

error ............................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

explanation .................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20


166/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(d) Add two arrows to the diagram to show the two places where the apparatus should be heated
once the error in (c) has been corrected. [1]

(e) Describe the test for hydrogen gas.

test ..............................................................................................................................................

result ...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20 [Turn over


167/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated the reaction between dilute ethanoic acid and two different solutions of
sodium hydroxide labelled solution A and solution B.

Two experiments were done.

(a) Experiment 1

●●  burette was rinsed with solution A.


A
●● The burette was filled with solution A. Some of solution A was run out of the burette so that
the level of solution A was on the burette scale.
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of dilute ethanoic acid was poured into a conical flask.
●● Five drops of thymolphthalein indicator were added to the conical flask.
●● Solution  A was added slowly from the burette to the conical flask, while the flask was
swirled, until the solution just changed colour.

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 1.

0 36

1 37

2 38

initial reading final reading

Experiment 1

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of solution A added / cm3

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20


168/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5


Experiment 2

●●  he conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.


T
●● The burette was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.
●● The burette was rinsed with solution B.
●● The burette was filled with solution B. Some of solution B was run out of the burette so that
the level of solution B was on the burette scale.
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of dilute ethanoic acid was poured into a conical flask.
●● Five drops of thymolphthalein indicator were added to the conical flask.
●● Solution  B was added slowly from the burette to the conical flask, while the flask was
swirled, until the solution just changed colour.

Use the burette diagrams to complete the table for Experiment 2.

5 16

6 17

7 18

initial reading final reading

Experiment 2

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume of solution B added / cm3


[4]

(b) Explain why universal indicator is not a suitable indicator to use in this titration.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) (i) 
State which solution of sodium hydroxide, solution A or solution B, was the more
concentrated.
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State how many times more concentrated this solution of sodium hydroxide was than the
other solution of sodium hydroxide.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20 [Turn over


169/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) Determine the volume of solution B that would be required if Experiment 2 was repeated with
10 cm3 of dilute ethanoic acid.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(e) Describe how the reliability of the results could be checked.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) A 25  cm3 pipette can be used to measure the volume of a solution.

(i)  cm3 pipette to measure the volume of the


Describe an advantage of using a 25 
dilute ethanoic acid.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain why a 25 cm3 pipette could not be used to measure the volume of solution A.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(g) (i) Explain why the burette was rinsed with distilled water in Experiment 2.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain why the burette was then rinsed with solution B.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) State the effect that not rinsing the burette with solution B would have on the final burette
reading.
Explain your answer.

effect ....................................................................................................................................

explanation ..........................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 16]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20


170/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solids, solid C and solid D, were analysed.


Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid C

Tests were done and the following observations were made.

tests on solid C observations

test 1

Half of solid C was placed in a test‑tube. The steam was given off and condensation
solid was heated gently and then strongly. appeared at the mouth of the test‑tube,
the remaining solid became black

The remaining solid C was dissolved in


distilled water to produce solution C. The
solution was divided into two equal portions in
two test‑tubes.

test 2
the solution became orange
A few drops of universal indicator solution were
added to the first portion of solution C.

test 3

A spatula measure of solid sodium carbonate effervescence was seen,


was added to the second portion of solution C. the gas turned limewater milky
Any gas produced was tested.

(a) Suggest the pH of solution C.

 pH = .............................. [1]

(b) Identify the gas produced in test 3.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) What conclusions can you make about solid C?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20 [Turn over


171/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid D

Solid  D was calcium chloride.

Complete the expected observations.

Solid  D was dissolved in water to form solution D. Solution D was divided into four approximately
equal portions in four test‑tubes.

(d) (i) A few drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of solution D.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the mixture from (d)(i).

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(e) Aqueous ammonia was added dropwise and then in excess to the second portion of solution D.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(f) About 1  cm3 of dilute nitric acid and a few drops of aqueous silver nitrate were added to the
third portion of solution D.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(g) About 1  cm3 of dilute nitric acid and a few drops of aqueous barium nitrate were added to the
fourth portion of solution D.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 10]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20


172/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 A toothpaste contains:
●● sodium fluoride
●● calcium carbonate
●● silica
●● mint flavouring.

Sodium fluoride and the mint flavouring are soluble in water.


Calcium carbonate and silica are insoluble in water.
Calcium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form the soluble salt calcium chloride.

Plan an investigation to find the percentage by mass of silica in the toothpaste.

In your answer you should include how you will calculate the percentage by mass of silica in the
toothpaste.

You have access to normal laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20 [Turn over


173/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20


174/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20


175/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2020 0620/63/O/N/20


176/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge IGCSE®

CHEMISTRY 0620/06
*0123456789*

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical For examination from 2020


SPECIMEN PAPER
1 hour
Candidates answer on the question paper.
No additional materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

177/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The diagram shows the apparatus used to prepare a dry sample of a gas. The gas is more dense
than air.

stand and
clamp

concentrated
sulfuric acid

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [3]

(b) Identify one mistake in the apparatus.

[1]

(c) Suggest a reason why the gas is passed through concentrated sulfuric acid.

[1]

[Total: 5]

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20

178/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the rate of reaction between excess magnesium and two different dilute
acids, X and Y.

Two experiments were carried out.

Experiment 1

The apparatus was set up as shown in the diagram.

rubber connector stand and


clamp
inverted
bung 100 cm3
measuring
cylinder
conical flask

trough water

Using a measuring cylinder, 50 cm3 of dilute acid X was poured into the conical flask.
0.5 g of magnesium ribbon was added to the conical flask and the bung added.

The timer was started and the volume of gas collected in the measuring cylinder was measured
every 30 seconds for three minutes.

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20 [Turn over


179/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Use the measuring cylinder diagrams to record the volumes of gas collected.

measuring cylinder total volume of gas


time / s
diagram collected / cm3

0
0 5
10

10
30 15
20

20
60 25
30

25
90 30
35

30
120 35
40

40
150 45
50

45
180 50
55

[2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20

180/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
5

Experiment 2

Experiment 1 was repeated using 50 cm3 of dilute acid Y.

(b) Use the measuring cylinder diagrams to record the volumes of gas collected.

measuring cylinder total volume of gas


time / s
diagram collected / cm3

0
0 5
10

0
30 5
10

5
60 10
15

10
90 15
20

10
120 15
20

15
150 20
25

15
180 20
25

[2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20 [Turn over


181/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(c) Plot the results for both experiments on the grid below. For each set of results, draw a
smooth line graph. Indicate clearly which line represents Experiment 1 and which line
represents Experiment 2.

[4]

(d) State which experiment had the faster rate of reaction and suggest why the rate was faster in
this experiment.

[1]

(e) From your graph, deduce the time required to collect 25 cm3 of gas in Experiment 1.
Show clearly on the graph how you worked out your answer.

[1]

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20

182/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
7

(f) The rate of this reaction can be calculated using:

volume of gas / cm 3
rate =
time taken / s

For the experiment with the higher rate, calculate the rate of reaction for the first 30 seconds
of the reaction. Deduce the units.

rate [2]

(g) Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using a measuring cylinder to add the acids to
the flask.

advantage

disadvantage [2]

(h) Suggest and explain one improvement to this experiment.

[1]

[Total: 15]

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20 [Turn over


183/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

3 Concentrated aqueous sodium chloride was broken down by electricity using the apparatus
shown.

gas A gas B

concentrated aqueous
sodium chloride

electrodes
+ –

(a) Suggest a suitable material from which to make the electrodes.

[1]

(b) Gas A is chlorine. Give a test for chlorine.

test

result [2]

(c) Gas B pops when tested with a lighted splint. What is gas B?

[1]

[Total: 4]

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20

184/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
9

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20 [Turn over


185/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

4 Solid E was analysed. E was an aluminium salt. Some of the observations are shown below.

tests on solid E observations

Appearance of solid E. white crystalline solid

test 1
colourless drops of liquid formed at the top of
the tube
A little of solid E was heated in a test-tube.

(a) A little of solid E was dissolved in distilled water.

The solution was divided into four test-tubes and the following tests were carried out.

Complete the observations for tests 2 and 3.

(i) test 2

Drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first test-tube.

observations [1]

(ii) Excess sodium hydroxide was then added.

observations [1]

(iii) test 3

Drops of aqueous ammonia solution were added to the second test-tube. Excess
ammonia solution was then added.

observations

[2]

Two further tests are carried out and the following observations made.

tests on solution of E observations

test 4

To the third test-tube of solution, dilute no reaction


hydrochloric acid was added, followed by
barium nitrate solution.

test 5
effervescence
To the fourth test-tube of solution, aqueous
sodium hydroxide and aluminium foil were pungent gas given off
added.
gas turned damp litmus paper blue
The mixture was warmed carefully.

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20

186/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
11

(b) What does test 1 tell you about solid E?

[1]

(c) Identify the gas given off in test 5.

[1]

(d) What conclusions can you draw about solid E?

[2]

(e) Test 5 states that the mixture should be warmed carefully.

In terms of safety, explain why it is necessary to warm carefully.

[2]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20 [Turn over


187/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

5 E-numbers identify chemicals which are added to foods.

(a) E210 is benzoic acid. How could you show that a solution of benzoic acid is a weak acid?

test

result [2]

(b) E110 is Sunset Yellow.


Outline a method you could use to show the presence of E110 in a food colouring.
You may draw a diagram to help answer the question.

[4]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0620/06/SP/20

188/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*3799843157*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical February/March 2019
1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB19 03_0620_62/4RP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

189/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A chemist heated solid zinc chloride until it became molten. The apparatus shown was then used
to pass electricity through the molten zinc chloride using inert electrodes.

power
supply

+ –

molten zinc chloride

A silver-coloured solid was formed at the negative electrode (cathode).

(a) Name the process of breaking down a substance using electricity.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) A Bunsen burner was used to heat the zinc chloride.

Describe how a Bunsen burner is adjusted to give a very hot flame.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Suggest and explain the expected observation at the positive electrode (anode).

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Suggest why iron electrodes cannot be used in this experiment.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19


190/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(e) (i) 
What difference would the chemist observe at the negative electrode if aqueous
zinc chloride were used, rather than molten zinc chloride?
Explain you answer.

difference .............................................................................................................................

explanation ..........................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................
[2]

(ii) When electricity is used to break down concentrated aqueous zinc chloride, chlorine is
produced at the positive electrode.

Describe a test for chlorine.

test .......................................................................................................................................

observations ........................................................................................................................
[2]

(f) The bottle of zinc chloride is labelled corrosive.

State one safety precaution that should be taken when using zinc chloride.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 10]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19 [Turn over


191/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 
A student investigated the reaction between two different solutions, A and B, of aqueous
potassium manganate(VII) and solution C.

Three experiments were done.

Experiment 1

●●  burette was filled with solution A. The initial burette reading was recorded.
A
●● A measuring cylinder was used to pour 25 cm3 of solution C into a conical flask.
●● Solution  A was added to the conical flask until the mixture just turned pink. The final burette
reading was recorded.
●● About 2  cm3 of the contents of the conical flask was poured into a test‑tube to use in Experiment 3.
●● The rest of the contents of the conical flask was poured away. The conical flask was rinsed
with distilled water.

(a) Use the burette diagrams to record the burette readings in the table and complete the table.

1 15

2 16

3 17

initial burette reading final burette reading

Experiment 1

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume used / cm3
[2]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19


192/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

Experiment 2

●●  he contents of the burette used in Experiment 1 were poured away and the burette was
T
rinsed with distilled water.
●● The burette was then rinsed with solution B.
●● Experiment 1 was repeated using solution B instead of solution A.

(b) Use the burette diagrams to record the burette readings in the table and complete the table.

1 31

2 32

3 33

initial burette reading final burette reading

Experiment 2

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

volume used / cm3
[2]

Which solution of potassium manganate(VII), solution A or solution B, is the more


(c) (i) 
concentrated?
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) How many times more concentrated is this solution of potassium manganate(VII)?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19 [Turn over


193/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) (i) Predict the volume of solution B that would be used if Experiment 2 were repeated using
50 cm3 of solution C.
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Suggest a practical problem that using 50 cm3 of solution C could cause. How could this
problem be solved?

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(e) Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using a measuring cylinder rather than a pipette
for solution C.

advantage of using a measuring cylinder ...................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

disadvantage of using a measuring cylinder ..............................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]


Experiment 3

The results from Experiment 3 are shown in the table.

tests observations

Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to green precipitate formed


about 2 cm3 of solution C.

Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the red-brown precipitate formed


reaction mixture saved from Experiment 1.

(f) What conclusions can be drawn about solution C from Experiment 3?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 15]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19


194/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two substances, solution D and solid E, were analysed. Solution D was dilute sulfuric acid.
Tests were done on the substances.

tests on solution D

Complete the expected observations.

Solution  D was divided into four equal portions in four test-tubes.

(a) The pH of the first portion of solution D was tested.

 pH = .............................. [1]

(b) A strip of magnesium ribbon was added to the second portion of solution D. The gas produced
was tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were added to the third portion of solution D.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate were added to the fourth portion of solution D.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19 [Turn over


195/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid E

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid E observations

The appearance of solid E was studied. white solid

test 1

Solid  E was heated gently and then more white solid residue
strongly.

Distilled water was added to the residue and pH = 10


the pH of the mixture was tested.

test 2

Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to solid E. rapid effervescence

The gas produced was tested. limewater turned milky

Distilled water was added to the solution and


the mixture was shaken.

An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was white precipitate formed which was insoluble in excess
added to the mixture.

(e) Identify the gas produced in test 2.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) 
What conclusions can you draw about solid E?

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19


196/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 The rate of reaction between magnesium and dilute hydrochloric acid can be followed by measuring
the volume of hydrogen produced.

Plan an experiment to investigate the effect of decreasing the temperature on the rate of this
reaction by measuring the volume of hydrogen produced.

You are provided with magnesium ribbon, dilute hydrochloric acid and common laboratory
apparatus.
You are advised to draw a labelled diagram of the apparatus you would use in the space provided.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19 [Turn over


197/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19


198/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19


199/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/F/M/19


200/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*3940113605*

CHEMISTRY 0620/61
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2019
1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages and 4 blank pages.

IB19 06_0620_61/3RP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

201/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19


202/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

1 The diagram shows the apparatus a student used to prepare a dry sample of chlorine gas. Chlorine
is more dense than air.

concentrated ..........................................
hydrochloric
acid

..........................................

manganese(IV) oxide
flask 1 concentrated
sulfuric acid

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [2]

(b) Use the diagram to identify two mistakes the student made.

1 ..................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

2 ..................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(c) Suggest one reason why the gas produced in flask  1 is passed through concentrated
sulfuric acid.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Describe a test for chlorine.

test ..............................................................................................................................................

observations ...............................................................................................................................
[2]

(e) Suggest why this experiment is done in a fume cupboard.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19 [Turn over


203/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated the reaction between aqueous sodium carbonate and aqueous barium nitrate.

●●  burette was filled with aqueous sodium carbonate.


A
●● Seven test-tubes were labelled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.
●● A measuring cylinder was used to pour 6 cm3 of aqueous barium nitrate into each of the seven
test‑tubes in a test‑tube rack.
●● 1.0  cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate was added from the burette to test-tube 1.
●● 2.0  cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate was added from the burette to test-tube 2.
●● 4.0  cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate was added from the burette to test-tube 3.
●● 5.0  cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate was added from the burette to test-tube 4.
●● 6.0  cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate was added from the burette to test-tube 5.
●● 7.0  cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate was added from the burette to test-tube 6.
●● 8.0  cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate was added from the burette to test-tube 7.

A glass rod was used to stir the contents of each of the test‑tubes. The contents of the test‑tubes
were left to stand until the solid formed had settled. A ruler was used to measure the height of the
solid formed in each test‑tube.

(a) Use a ruler to measure the heights of the solid formed in each test‑tube shown in the diagram.
Record the heights of the solid formed in the table and complete the table.

test-tube number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
volume of aqueous
sodium carbonate / cm3

solid
height of solid / mm

[3]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19


204/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results on the grid. Draw two intersecting lines of best fit. Label the x-axis.

100

80

60
height of
solid / mm
40

20

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

[4]

(c) 
From your graph, deduce the height of the solid formed when 3.0 
cm3 of aqueous
sodium carbonate is added to 6 cm of aqueous barium nitrate.
3

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 .............................. mm [2]

(d) Describe the trend in the heights of the solids formed in test‑tubes 1–7.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19 [Turn over


205/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(e) Predict what would happen if the experiment were continued using three further test‑tubes
each containing 6 cm3 of aqueous barium nitrate and separately adding 9.0 cm3, 10.0 cm3 and
11.0 cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate to each one.
Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(f) 
Suggest one change to the apparatus used which could be made to obtain more accurate
results.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(g) Suggest a different method to measure the amount of solid formed during the experiment.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(h) Suggest how the reliability of the results could be checked.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19


206/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two substances, solution F and solid G, were analysed. Solution F was dilute hydrochloric acid.
Tests were done on solution F and solid G.

tests on solution F

Complete the expected observations.

Solution  F was divided into four equal portions in four test‑tubes.

(a) The pH of the first portion of solution F was tested.

 pH = .............................. [1]

(b) Magnesium ribbon was added to the second portion of solution F. The gas produced was
tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were added to the third portion of solution F.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate were added to the fourth portion of solution F.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19 [Turn over


207/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid G

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid G observations

The appearance of solid G was studied. white solid

test 1

Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to solid G. rapid effervescence


The gas produced was tested. limewater turned milky

The solution formed was divided into two portions


for test 2.

test 2

An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was white precipitate formed which


added to the first portion of the solution from test 1. was insoluble in excess

An excess of aqueous ammonia was added to the no precipitate formed


second portion of the solution from test 1.

(e) Identify solid  G.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19


208/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Steel nails rust in the presence of air and water. Plan an investigation to:

●● s how that coating steel nails with paint helps to protect the nails from rusting
●● show that coating steel nails with zinc helps to protect the nails from rusting
●● determine which coating is more effective at protecting steel nails from rusting.

You are provided with:

●●  ncoated steel nails


u
●● steel nails coated with paint
●● steel nails coated with zinc
●● common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19 [Turn over


209/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19


210/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19


211/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/M/J/19


212/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*0271487183*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2019
1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages and 4 blank pages.

IB19 06_0620_62/3RP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

213/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19


214/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

1 A student did the following steps to make zinc chloride crystals from solid zinc oxide.

step 1 Pour 40  cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid into a beaker. Add a small amount of zinc oxide.
Warm the mixture and stir it.
step 2 Continue to add zinc oxide to the beaker until all of the dilute hydrochloric acid has
reacted.
step 3 Remove the excess zinc oxide.
step 4 Obtain crystals of zinc chloride from the solution.

(a) Name the apparatus used in step 1 to:

(i) add the zinc oxide

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) warm the mixture.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) How did the student know that all of the dilute hydrochloric acid had reacted in step 2?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) (i) What is meant by the term excess in step 3?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) How is the excess zinc oxide removed in step 3?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(d) Describe how the crystals are obtained in step 4.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(e) Suggest how the method would differ if zinc carbonate were used instead of zinc oxide.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19 [Turn over


215/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated the rate of reaction between magnesium ribbon and solutions of dilute
hydrochloric acid of different concentrations, solutions H, I, J and K. The dilute hydrochloric acid
was in excess in all experiments.

Five experiments were done.


Experiment 1
●● A measuring cylinder was used to pour 30 cm3 of solution H into a beaker.
●● A 5.0 cm length of magnesium ribbon was then added to the beaker.
●● A timer was started immediately.
●● The time taken for all of the magnesium ribbon to react and to disappear completely was
measured.


Experiment 2
●● Experiment 1 was repeated but using solution I instead of solution H.


Experiment 3
●● Experiment 1 was repeated but using solution J instead of solution H.

Experiment 4
●● Experiment 1 was repeated but using solution K instead of solution H.

(a) Use the stop-clock diagrams to record the time taken for each experiment in the table.

concentration of time taken for the


stop-clock
experiment solution hydrochloric acid magnesium ribbon to
diagram
in mol / dm3 disappear completely / s

45 15 5 15
1 H 2.0

10
minutes

45 15 5 15
2 I 1.5

10

45 15 5 15
3 J 1.0

10

45 15 5 15
4 K 0.8

10

[3]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19


216/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

Experiment 5
Solution J was added to some magnesium ribbon in a test‑tube. The gas produced was tested. The
observations were recorded in the table.

rapid effervescence and the test-tube felt hot


observations
lighted splint ‘popped’

(b) Plot the results for Experiments 1–4 on the grid. Draw a smooth line graph.

time taken for the


magnesium ribbon to
disappear completely / s

0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0


concentration of hydrochloric acid in mol / dm 3

[3]

(c) 
From your graph, deduce the time taken for the magnesium ribbon to disappear completely
if a solution of hydrochloric acid of concentration 2.5 mol / dm3 were used.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19 [Turn over


217/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) (i) Why was the same length of magnesium used in Experiments 1–4?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest the effect on the results if Experiments 1–4 were repeated using 2.5 cm lengths of
magnesium ribbon instead of 5.0 cm lengths of magnesium ribbon. Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(e) Suggest a different method which a student could use to investigate the rate of reaction
between magnesium ribbon and dilute hydrochloric acid. State the apparatus the student
would use and the measurements the student would take.

apparatus ....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

measurements ............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[3]

(f) Use the observations from Experiment 5 to answer these questions.

(i) 
What type of chemical reaction occurs when magnesium ribbon reacts with dilute
hydrochloric acid?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Identify the gas produced.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

 [Total: 16]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19


218/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two substances, solid L and solid M, were analysed. Solid L was hydrated ammonium sulfate.
Tests were done on solid L and solid M.

tests on solid L

Complete the expected observations.

(a) Describe the appearance of solid L.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

Solid  L was divided into two portions.

(b) T
 he first portion of solid L was heated in a hard-glass test-tube. Any gas produced was tested
with cobalt(II) chloride paper.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

The second portion of solid L was added to distilled water. The mixture was shaken to dissolve
solid L and form solution L. The solution of L was divided into two equal portions in two test‑tubes.

(c) A
 n excess of aqueous sodium  hydroxide was added to the first portion of solution  L. The
mixture was heated and the gas produced was tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate were added to the second portion of solution L.

observation ........................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19 [Turn over


219/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid M


Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid M observations

Solid M was dissolved in water. The solution was


divided into three portions.

test 1

An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was red-brown precipitate formed


added to the first portion of the solution.

test 2

An excess of aqueous ammonia was added to the red-brown precipitate formed


second portion of the solution.

test 3

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were white precipitate formed


added to the third portion of the solution.

(e) Identify solid  M.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19


220/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Azurite is an ore of copper which contains copper(II) carbonate. Azurite contains no other metal
ions.

Plan an experiment to show how a sample of copper could be obtained from large lumps of azurite.

Your answer should include:

●●  escriptions of the reactions involved


d
●● the expected observations.

You are provided with a large lump of azurite and common laboratory chemicals and apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19 [Turn over


221/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19


222/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19


223/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/M/J/19


224/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*8930451544*

CHEMISTRY 0620/63
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2019
1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 10 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

IB19 06_0620_63/2RP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

225/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19


226/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

1 A student investigated the colours present in three hair dyes, P, Q and R, using chromatography.
 P, Q and R are insoluble in water. The student suggested setting up the apparatus for the experiment
as shown.

clips glass cover

rod
chromatography
paper
beaker

solvent

(a) Why is a lid necessary on top of the beaker?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) (i) Identify one mistake in the student’s diagram.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest why this mistake would stop the experiment working.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) Name a suitable solvent that could be used in this experiment.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19 [Turn over


227/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(d) A separate chromatography experiment was done using the hair dyes P, Q and R. The
chromatogram obtained is shown.

P Q R

State three conclusions about the hair dyes P, Q and R which can be deduced from the
chromatogram.

1 ..................................................................................................................................................

2 ..................................................................................................................................................

3 ..................................................................................................................................................
[3]

 [Total: 7]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19


228/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

2 A student investigated the temperature changes when two different metals, zinc and magnesium,
reacted with aqueous copper(II) sulfate.

Three experiments were done.

Experiment 1

●●  measuring cylinder was used to pour 25 cm3 aqueous copper(II) sulfate into a polystyrene
A
cup.
●● The initial temperature of the solution was measured and the timer was started.
●● The temperature of the solution was measured at 30 seconds and at 60 seconds.
●● At 60 seconds, 5 g of zinc powder was added to the aqueous copper(II) sulfate. The mixture
was stirred with a thermometer.
●● The temperature of the mixture was measured every 30 seconds for 210 seconds. The mixture
was stirred continuously.

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19 [Turn over


229/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(a) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the temperatures in the table.

time / s 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210


30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50
thermometer
25 25 25 45 45 45 45 45
diagram
20 20 20 40 40 40 40 40

temperature of
mixture / °C

[2]

Experiment 2

●● Experiment 1 was repeated using 5 g of magnesium powder instead of zinc powder.

(b) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the temperatures in the table.

time / s 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210


30 30 30 60 80 80 80 80
thermometer
25 25 25 55 75 75 75 75
diagram
20 20 20 50 70 70 70 70

temperature of
mixture / °C

[1]

Experiment 3

●● Experiment 1 was repeated using 5 g of zinc granules instead of zinc powder.

(c) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the temperatures in the table.

time / s 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210


30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
thermometer
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
diagram
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

temperature of
mixture / °C

[1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19


230/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(d) Plot the results for Experiments 1–3 on the grid and draw three smooth line graphs.
Clearly label your lines.

80

70

60

50

temperature of
mixture / °C
40

30

20

10

0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
time / s
[3]

(e) 
From your graph, deduce the temperature of the mixture in Experiment 2 after 75 seconds.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

.............................. °C [2]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19 [Turn over


231/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(f) (i) From the results, which Experiment was the most exothermic? Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Compare the rates of reaction in Experiments 1 and 3. Explain why the rates of reaction
are different.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(g) Predict the temperature of the mixture in Experiment 2 after 2 hours. Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(h) When doing the experiments, what would be the advantage of taking the temperature readings
every 15 seconds?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(i) Explain why a copper can should not be used in place of the polystyrene cup in these
experiments.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 19]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19


232/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

3 Two substances, solid N and solid O were analysed. Solid N was hydrated aluminium sulfate.
Tests were done on solid N and solid O.

tests on solid N


Complete the expected observations.

(a) Describe the appearance of solid N.

observation ........................................................................................................................... [1]

Solid  N was divided into two portions.

(b) T
 he first portion of solid N was heated in a hard-glass test-tube. Any gas produced was tested
with cobalt(II) chloride paper.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

The second portion of solid N was added to distilled water. The mixture was shaken to dissolve
solid N and form solution N. Solution N was divided into two equal portions in two test-tubes.

(c) (i) D
 rops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of solution N until a
change was seen.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture from (c)(i).

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate were added to the second portion of solution N.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19 [Turn over


233/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

tests on solid O

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid O observations

test 1

A flame test was done on solid O. lilac flame

Solid O was dissolved in water. The solution was


divided into two portions.

test 2

An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was no change


added to the first portion of the solution.

test 3

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were white precipitate formed
added to the second portion of the solution.

(e) Identify solid  O.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19


234/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

4 Calcium carbonate, calcium hydroxide and calcium oxide can be used to neutralise the acid in soil.

Plan an investigation to find out which of these calcium compounds neutralises acid most effectively.

You are provided with the three calcium compounds, dilute hydrochloric acid and common laboratory
apparatus and chemicals.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19 [Turn over


235/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/M/J/19


236/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*2909684625*

CHEMISTRY 0620/61
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2019
 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB19 11_0620_61/2RP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

237/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The apparatus shown was used to investigate the products formed when ethanol, C2H5OH, burns
in air.

to suction
pump

limewater

ethanol

ice U-tube water

(a) Complete the box to name the apparatus. [1]

(b) Explain why water collects in the U-tube.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) State a chemical test for water.

test ..............................................................................................................................................

observations ...............................................................................................................................
[2]

(d) What is the purpose of the suction pump?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) Predict the change seen in the test-tube containing the limewater. Explain your prediction.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/O/N/19


238/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 
A student investigated the rate of reaction between dilute nitric acid and an excess of
solid magnesium carbonate at room temperature.

The apparatus was set up as shown in the diagram.

A small test‑tube containing magnesium carbonate was suspended in the conical flask.

inverted 250 cm3


measuring
cylinder

solid
magnesium
carbonate

water
dilute
nitric acid

50  cm3 of dilute nitric  acid was added to the conical flask. The contents of the test‑tube were
released, allowing the solid magnesium carbonate to mix with the dilute nitric acid. A stop‑clock was
started and the volume of gas collected in the inverted measuring cylinder was measured every
10 seconds for 80 seconds.

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/O/N/19 [Turn over


239/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Use the inverted measuring cylinder diagrams to record the volume of gas collected in the
table.

inverted
total volume of
time / s measuring cylinder
gas collected / cm3
diagram
0

0
5
10

20

10
25
30

40

20
45
50

55

30
60
65

60

40
65
70

70

50
75
80

70

60
75
80

70

70
75
80

70

80
75
80

[2]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/O/N/19


240/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results on the grid. Draw a smooth line graph.

80

70

60

50

total
volume
of gas 40
collected
/ cm3

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
time / s
[3]

(c) (i) One of the points is anomalous.

Circle this point on your graph. [1]

(ii) 
From your graph, deduce the time taken to collect 40 cm3 of gas.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 .............................. s [2]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/O/N/19 [Turn over


241/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) State one possible source of error in this experiment. Suggest one improvement to reduce this
source of error.

source of error ............................................................................................................................

improvement ...............................................................................................................................
[2]

(e) The average rate of the reaction can be calculated using the equation shown.

volume of gas collected / cm3


average rate of reaction =
time taken / s

(i) Calculate the volume of gas collected between 10 seconds and 30 seconds.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) 
Calculate the average rate of reaction between 10 seconds and 30 seconds. Include the
unit in your answer.

 average rate of reaction = ..............................

 unit = ..............................
[2]

(f) The student calculated that the total volume of gas collected in this reaction would be 85 cm3.

Suggest and explain why the actual volume of gas collected was different from 85 cm3.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(g) S
 ketch on the grid the graph you would expect if the experiment were repeated at a lower
temperature. Label this graph as L.[2]

 [Total: 17]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/O/N/19


242/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two substances, solid A and solid B, were analysed. Solid A was zinc nitrate.
Tests were done on the substances.

tests on solid A


Complete the expected observations.

Solid  A was added to distilled water and the mixture shaken to dissolve solid  A and produce
solution A. Solution A was divided into three equal portions in three test‑tubes.

(a) (i) A few drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of solution A.

observations................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to this mixture.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) (i) A few drops of aqueous ammonia were added to the second portion of solution A.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) An excess of aqueous ammonia was then added to this mixture.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) Aluminium foil and aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the third portion of solution A.
The mixture was heated and the gas produced was tested with litmus paper.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

tests on solid B


Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid B observations


test 1

A flame test was done on solid B. red flame

test 2

Solid B was dissolved in water.

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were


yellow precipitate formed
added to the solution.

(d) Identify solid  B.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 9]

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/O/N/19 [Turn over


243/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 Iodine dissolves in two different solvents: ethanol and hexane.

Plan an experiment to find out in which solvent iodine is the most soluble at room temperature.

You are provided with iodine, the two solvents and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0620/61/O/N/19


244/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*9615262731*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2019
 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages and 4 blank pages.

IB19 11_0620_62/2RP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

245/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19


246/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

1 A student did a single titration to find the concentration of a solution of dilute sulfuric acid.

 he student added 25.0 cm3 of aqueous sodium  hydroxide to a conical flask, followed by a few
T
drops of indicator. Dilute sulfuric acid was then added to the aqueous sodium hydroxide until the
solution was neutral.

The apparatus used is shown in the diagram.

dilute
sulfuric acid

aqueous
sodium hydroxide

(a) 
Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [2]

(b) Name a suitable indicator to use in the titration and give the colour change.

indicator ......................................................................................................................................

colour change from ........................................................ to . ......................................................


 [2]

(c) 
What readings should the student take when doing this single titration?

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(d) A
 fter the titration, the student discarded the contents of the conical flask and rinsed the
conical flask with distilled water.

Suggest and explain what would be the effect, if any, on the titration values if the conical flask
was not dried before repeating the titration.

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19 [Turn over


247/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2  student investigated the temperature changes when two different solids, N and O, dissolve in
A
water.
Two experiments were done.


Experiment 1

●●  sing a measuring cylinder, 30 cm3 of distilled water was poured into a polystyrene cup.
U
●● The initial temperature of the distilled water was measured.
●● Solid  N was added to the distilled water, a timer started and the mixture was stirred with a
stirring thermometer.
●● The temperature of the mixture was measured every 30 seconds for three minutes (180 seconds).

(a) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the temperatures in the table.

time / s 0 30 60 90 120 150 180


25 25 25 30 30 30 30
thermometer
20 20 20 25 25 25 25
diagram
15 15 15 20 20 20 20

temperature of
mixture / °C

 [2]

Experiment 2

Experiment 1 was repeated using a new polystyrene cup and solid O instead of solid N.

(b) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the temperatures in the table.

time / s 0 30 60 90 120 150 180


30 20 20 20 10 10 20
thermometer
25 15 15 15 5 5 15
diagram
20 10 10 10 0 0 10

temperature of
mixture / °C

 [2]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19


248/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(c) P
 lot the results for Experiments 1 and 2 on the grid. Draw two smooth line graphs.
Clearly label your graphs.

30

20

temperature
of mixture
/ °C

10

0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
time / s
 [3]

(d) (i) 
From your graph, deduce the time taken for the initial temperature of the solution in
Experiment 2 to change by 3 °C.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 .............................. s [3]

(ii) E
 xtend your graph for Experiment 1 to give the expected temperature of the mixture after
240 seconds.

 .............................. °C [2]

(e) Is the energy change in Experiment 2 exothermic or endothermic? Explain your answer.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19 [Turn over


249/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(f) State two possible sources of error in these experiments. Suggest two improvements to
reduce each of these sources of error.

source of error 1 .........................................................................................................................

improvement 1 . ..........................................................................................................................

source of error 2 .........................................................................................................................

improvement 2 . ..........................................................................................................................
 [4]

 [Total: 17]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19


250/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two substances, solid P and solid Q, were analysed. Solid P was copper(II) nitrate.
 ests were done on solid P and solid Q.
T

tests on solid P


Complete the expected observations.

(a) A flame test was done on solid P.

observations ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ [1]

Solid  P was added to distilled water and the mixture shaken to dissolve solid P and form solution P.
Solution P was divided into three equal portions in two test‑tubes and one boiling tube.

(b) 
An excess of aqueous sodium  hydroxide was added to the first portion of solution  P in a
test‑tube.

observations ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ [1]

(c) (i) A
 few drops of aqueous ammonia were added to the second portion of solution  P in a
test‑tube.

observations ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

(ii) An excess of aqueous ammonia was then added to this mixture.

observations ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

(d) A
 luminium foil and aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the third portion of solution P in
a boiling tube. The mixture was heated and the gas produced tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19 [Turn over


251/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid Q

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid Q observations

test 1

A flame test was done on solid Q. lilac colour

test 2

Solid Q was dissolved in water.

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were cream precipitate formed
added to the solution.

(e) 
Identify solid Q.

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19


252/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 The table gives some information about the properties of three substances found in a hand cream.

substance reaction with dilute nitric acid


polystyrene beads no reaction
calcium carbonate reacts and dissolves
sodium fluoride dissolves

 se the information in the table to plan an experiment to obtain a pure, dry sample of
U
polystyrene beads from this mixture of substances.

You are provided with a mixture of the three substances and common laboratory apparatus.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19 [Turn over


253/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19


254/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19


255/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0620/62/O/N/19


256/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*1868827148*

CHEMISTRY 0620/63
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2019
 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB19 11_0620_63/2RP
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

257/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Hydrogen peroxide, H2O2(aq), decomposes slowly to form water and oxygen.

2H2O2(aq) 2H2O(l) + O2(g)

The addition of 0.5 g of manganese(IV) oxide speeds up this decomposition. Manganese(IV) oxide


is an insoluble solid.

The apparatus shown was used to follow the rate of decomposition of hydrogen peroxide. The
hydrogen peroxide was added to the conical flask and a stop‑watch was started.

hydrogen peroxide

water

0.5 g manganese(IV) oxide

(a) Complete the box to name the apparatus. [1]

(b) What measurements should be taken to follow the rate of the reaction?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) The rate of the reaction decreases over time. After 5 minutes the rate of reaction is zero.

(i) Why does the rate of reaction decrease?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) 
Explain why the rate of reaction is zero after 5 minutes.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/O/N/19


258/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(d) (i) The manganese(IV) oxide acts as a catalyst.

How could a student separate the catalyst from the reaction mixture at the end of the
reaction?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest how the student could show that the catalyst separated in (d)(i) is unchanged at
the end of the reaction.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [3]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/O/N/19 [Turn over


259/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated the reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and three different concentrations
of aqueous sodium hydroxide, labelled R, S and T.

Three experiments were done.

Experiment 1

●●  burette was filled with dilute hydrochloric acid. The initial burette reading was measured.
A
●● Using a measuring cylinder, 20 cm3 of solution R was poured into a conical flask.
●● Six drops of methyl orange indicator were added to the conical flask.
●● Dilute hydrochloric acid was added from the burette, until the solution just changed colour.
●● The final burette reading was measured.

0 10

1 11

2 12

initial final

Experiment 2

●● Experiment 1 was repeated but using 20 cm3 of solution S instead of solution R.

2 23

3 24

4 25

initial final

Experiment 3

●● Experiment 1 was repeated but using 20 cm3 of solution T instead of solution R.

1 5

2 6

3 7

initial final

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/O/N/19


260/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(a) Use the burette diagrams to record all the burette readings in the table.

Experiment 1 Experiment 2 Experiment 3


burette reading / cm3
using solution R using solution S using solution T

final burette reading

initial burette reading

volume used
[4]

(b) What colour change is observed in the conical flask at the end-point?

from ....................................................................... to ���������������������������������������������������������������


[2]

(c) Suggest why Universal Indicator is not a suitable indicator in these experiments.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) (i) Complete the sentences below.

Experiment ............ needed the smallest volume of dilute hydrochloric acid to change the
colour of the indicator.

Experiment ............ needed the largest volume of dilute hydrochloric acid to change the
colour of the indicator.
[1]

(ii) Determine the simplest whole number ratio of volumes of dilute hydrochloric acid used in
Experiments 1 and 2.

Experiment 1 ............ : ............ Experiment 2 [1]

(iii) 
Deduce the order of concentrations of the solutions of aqueous sodium hydroxide,
R, S and T.

most concentrated ..............................

..............................

least concentrated ..............................


[1]

(e) What would be the effect on the results, if any, if the solutions of aqueous sodium hydroxide
were warmed before adding the dilute hydrochloric acid? Give a reason for your answer.

effect on the results ....................................................................................................................

reason .........................................................................................................................................
[2]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/O/N/19 [Turn over


261/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(f) Suggest how the reliability of the results could be checked.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(g) Suggest a different method, not involving an indicator, of finding the order of concentrations of
the solutions of aqueous sodium hydroxide, R, S and T.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

[Total: 17]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/O/N/19


262/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two substances, solid U and liquid V, were analysed. Solid U was chromium(III) nitrate.
Tests were done on solid U and liquid V.

tests on solid U


Complete the expected observations.

Solid  U was added to distilled water and shaken to dissolve solid U and form solution U.

(a) Describe the colour of solution U.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

Solution  U was divided into three equal portions in three test‑tubes.

(b) (i) A few drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of solution U until
a change was seen.

observations .................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) An excess of aqueous ammonia was added to the second portion of solution U.

observations.......................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Aluminium foil and aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the third portion of solution U.
The mixture was heated and the gas produced was tested.

observations................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

tests on liquid V

One of the tests done on liquid V and the observations made are shown.

tests on liquid V observations

A lighted splint was used to touch about 1 cm3 liquid V set on fire and
of liquid V. burned with a smoky blue flame

(e) Draw one conclusion about liquid V.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/O/N/19 [Turn over


263/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 Potassium nitrate and ammonium chloride are two salts. The energy change when they each
dissolve in water is endothermic.

Plan an experiment to show which of these two salts produces the larger endothermic energy
change per gram.

Your answer should include:


●● any measurements you would take and record
●● how the results could be used to draw a conclusion.

You are provided with potassium nitrate and ammonium chloride, distilled water and common
laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0620/63/O/N/19


264/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*5434778494*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical February/March 2018
 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB18 03_0620_62/3RP
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

265/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A student used paper chromatography to separate a mixture of coloured dyes. The diagram shows
the apparatus used.

clips
rod
paper

mixture of
coloured dyes
baseline

(a) (i) Draw a line on the diagram to show the level of the solvent. [1]

(ii) Suggest a suitable solvent that could be used.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) What could be used to put the mixture of coloured dyes onto the paper?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) The clips hold the paper in position.

Why is this important for the chromatography experiment?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18


266/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

The diagram shows the chromatogram obtained from four dyes, A, B, C and D.

solvent front

baseline
A B C D

(d) Give one conclusion that can be drawn about dye B.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) Suggest why dye C remained on the baseline.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) 
Rf values are used to identify compounds.

distance travelled by the compound


Rf =
distance travelled by the solvent

Calculate the Rf value of dye A.

 Rf = .............................. [2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18 [Turn over


267/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated the reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and an aqueous solution of
sodium carbonate labelled solution L.

Three experiments were done.


Experiment 1

●  measuring cylinder was used to pour 25 cm3 of solution L into a conical flask.
A
● Ten drops of thymolphthalein indicator were added to the conical flask.
● A burette was filled up to the 0.0 cm3 mark with dilute hydrochloric acid.
● Dilute hydrochloric acid was added from the burette to the conical flask until the solution just
changed to colourless at the end-point of the titration.

(a) Use the burette diagram to record the final burette reading in the table and complete the table.

11

12

13

final burette reading

Experiment 1

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3 0.0

difference / cm3
[1]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18


268/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5


Experiment 2

●  en drops of methyl orange indicator were added to the solution in the conical flask from
T
Experiment 1.
● Dilute hydrochloric acid was added from the burette to the conical flask until the solution just
changed colour.

(b) Use the burette diagram to record the final burette reading in the table and complete the table.

22

23

24

final burette reading

Experiment 2

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3 12.0

difference / cm3
[1]


Experiment 3

● The conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.
●  xperiment 1 was repeated using methyl orange indicator instead of thymolphthalein indicator
E
and adding dilute hydrochloric acid from the burette to the conical flask until the solution just
changed colour.

(c) Use the burette diagrams to record the burette readings in the table and complete the table.

0 23

1 24

2 25

initial burette reading final burette reading

Experiment 3

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

difference / cm3
[3]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18 [Turn over


269/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) What colour change was observed in the conical flask in Experiment 3?

from ................................................................... to ....................................................................


[1]

(e) Why was the conical flask emptied and rinsed with distilled water at the start of Experiment 3?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Complete the sentence.

Experiment .......... needed the largest volume of dilute hydrochloric acid to change the colour
of the indicator. [1]

(g) Give the name of a more accurate piece of apparatus for measuring the volume of solution L.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

What would be the effect on the results if solution L were warmed before adding the
(h) 
dilute hydrochloric acid? Give a reason for your answer.

effect on the results ....................................................................................................................

reason .........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(i) (i) Determine the simplest whole number ratio of volumes of dilute hydrochloric acid used in
Experiments 1 and 3.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest why the volumes of dilute hydrochloric acid used in Experiments 1 and 3 are
different.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(j) Suggest why Universal Indicator cannot be used in these experiments.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(k) Suggest how the reliability of the results could be checked.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 16]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18


270/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two substances, solution M and solid N, were analysed. Solution M was aqueous iron(III) chloride.
Tests were done on the substances.

Complete the expected observations.

tests on solution M

(a) Describe the appearance of solution M.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

Solution M was divided into three equal portions in three test-tubes.

(b) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were added to the first portion of solution M.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate were added to the second portion of solution M.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) (i) Drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the third portion of solution M until a
change was seen.

observations .................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18 [Turn over


271/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid N


Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid N observations

The appearance of solid N was studied. green powder

test 1

Solid N was heated. solid turned black

The gas produced was tested. limewater turned milky

test 2

A flame test was done on solid N. blue-green colour

(e) Name the gas produced in test 1.

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

(f) Identify solid N.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18


272/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Magnesium reacts with dilute sulfuric acid at room temperature to form hydrogen gas.

Plan an experiment to find the rate of reaction between magnesium ribbon and dilute sulfuric acid.

In your answer:


● include a diagram
● indicate how you could use the results obtained to find the rate of reaction.

You are provided with common laboratory apparatus, magnesium ribbon and dilute sulfuric acid.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18 [Turn over


273/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18


274/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18


275/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/F/M/18


276/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*3983955427*

CHEMISTRY 0620/61
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2018
 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB18 06_0620_61/3RP
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

277/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The volume of dilute nitric acid that reacts with 25.0 cm3 of aqueous potassium hydroxide can be
found by titration using the apparatus shown.

...........................................

dilute nitric acid

25.0 cm3 of aqueous


potassium hydroxide
with indicator

(a) Complete the box to name the apparatus. [1]

(b) Name a suitable indicator that could be used.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

A student did the titration four times and recorded the following results.

titration number volume of dilute nitric acid / cm3


1 18.1
2 18.9
3 18.3
4 18.2

(c) (i) Which one of the results is anomalous?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest what might have caused this result to be anomalous.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) Use the other results to calculate the average volume of dilute nitric acid that reacted with
the aqueous potassium hydroxide.

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18


278/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

(d) The equation for the reaction taking place in the titration is shown.

HNO3 + KOH KNO3 + H2O

The student concluded that the aqueous potassium hydroxide was more concentrated than the
dilute nitric acid.

Explain whether or not the student’s conclusion was correct.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 8]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18 [Turn over


279/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 
A student investigated the rate of reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and aqueous
sodium thiosulfate. When these chemicals react they form a precipitate which makes the solution
go cloudy. The formation of this precipitate can be used to show how fast the reaction proceeds.

Five experiments were done using the apparatus shown.

eye

10 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid

250 cm3 conical flask

aqueous sodium thiosulfate

printed sheet of paper


printed words

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18


280/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

Experiment 1

●  large measuring cylinder was used to pour 50 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate into a
A
250 cm3 conical flask. The conical flask was placed on a printed sheet of paper.
● 10 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid was added to the solution in the conical flask. A timer was
started immediately and the mixture was swirled.
● The time taken for the printed words to disappear from view was measured.


Experiment 2

●  he large measuring cylinder was used to pour 40 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate into a
T
conical flask, followed by 10 cm3 of distilled water. The conical flask was placed on the printed
sheet of paper.
● 10 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid was added to the solution in the conical flask. The timer was
started immediately and the mixture was swirled.
● The time taken for the printed words to disappear from view was measured.


Experiment 3

●  xperiment 2 was repeated but using 35 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate and 15 cm3 of
E
distilled water.


Experiment 4

●  xperiment 2 was repeated but using 30 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate and 20 cm3 of
E
distilled water.


Experiment 5

●  xperiment 2 was repeated but using 10 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate and 40 cm3 of
E
distilled water.

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18 [Turn over


281/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(a) Record the volumes of distilled water used in the table. Use the stop-clock diagrams to record
the results in the table.

time taken for


volume of volume of
the printed words
experiment aqueous sodium distilled water stop-clock diagram
to disappear
thiosulfate / cm3 / cm3
from view / s
0
seconds
0

1 50 45 15 5 15

10
minutes
30

0
0

2 40 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

3 35 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

4 30 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

5 10 45 15 5 15

10
30

[3]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18


282/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(b) Plot the results from Experiments 1–5 on the grid. Draw a smooth line graph.

240

210

180

150
time taken for
the printed words
to disappear
from view / s 120

90

60

30

0
0 10 20 30 40 50
volume of aqueous sodium thiosulfate / cm3
[3]

(c) (i) 
From your graph, deduce the time taken for the printed words to disappear from view
if Experiment 2 were repeated using 20 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate and 30 cm3 of
distilled water.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 .............................. s [2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18 [Turn over


283/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(ii) The rate of reaction can be calculated using the equation shown.
1
rate of reaction =
time taken
Calculate the rate of reaction using your answer from (c)(i).

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(d) (i) In which experiment, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, was the rate of reaction greatest?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain, in terms of particles, why the rate of reaction was greatest in this experiment.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(e) Give the name of a more accurate piece of apparatus for measuring volumes than a measuring
cylinder.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Suggest the effect on the results of using a 100 cm3 conical flask instead of a 250 cm3 conical
flask. Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(g) Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect if all of the experiments were repeated at a
lower temperature. Clearly label your graph. [1]

[Total: 16]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18


284/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

3 Two substances, solution A and solid B, were analysed.

tests on solution A

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solution A observations

Solution A was divided into three equal portions


in three test-tubes.

test 1

The pH of the first portion of solution  A was pH = 1


tested.

test 2

Magnesium ribbon was added to the second effervescence


portion of solution A.

The gas produced was tested. gas ‘popped’ with a lighted splint

test 3

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate white precipitate formed
were added to the third portion of solution A.

(a) Identify the gas produced in test 2.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Identify solution A.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18 [Turn over


285/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

tests on solid B

Solid B was zinc carbonate.

Complete the expected observations.

(c) Dilute nitric acid was added to solid B. The gas produced was tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

The zinc nitrate solution formed in the test in (c) was divided into two portions in two test‑tubes.

(d) (i) D
 rops of aqueous sodium  hydroxide were added to the first portion of the zinc  nitrate
solution.

observations .................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) 
An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(e) (i) 
Drops of aqueous ammonia were added to the second portion of the zinc nitrate solution.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) An excess of aqueous ammonia was then added to the mixture.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18


286/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

4 Potassium chloride is a salt that dissolves in water.


The solubility of a salt is the mass in grams of the salt that dissolves in 100 cm3 of water at a
particular temperature.

Plan an investigation to determine the solubility of potassium chloride in water at 40 °C.

You are provided with potassium chloride and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18 [Turn over


287/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/M/J/18


288/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*2312854938*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2018


 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB18 06_0620_62/3RP
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

289/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The rate of reaction between an excess of dilute nitric acid and powdered calcium carbonate was
investigated. The carbon dioxide produced was collected. The apparatus used is shown.

dilute nitric acid


.........................................

powdered
calcium carbonate

(a) Complete the box to name the apparatus. [1]

A sketch graph of the results obtained is shown.

time

(b) (i) Label the y-axis. [1]

(ii) Explain why the sketch graph is horizontal at point X.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(c) Draw on the axes the graph expected if the experiment were repeated using an equal mass
of lumps of calcium carbonate. All other conditions were kept the same. [2]

(d) Describe a test for carbon dioxide.

test ..............................................................................................................................................

result ...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 8]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18


290/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the temperature changes when two different solids, solid C and solid D,
dissolved in water.

Two experiments were done.

Experiment 1

●  sing a measuring cylinder, 40 cm3 of distilled water was poured into a polystyrene cup. The
U
initial temperature of the distilled water was measured.
● 3 g of solid C was added to the polystyrene cup and the mixture was stirred with a thermometer.
The temperature of the solution was measured after 1 minute.

● The procedure was repeated using 4 g of solid C.


●  he procedure was repeated using 6 g of solid C.
T

(a) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the results in the table.

Calculate and record the temperature change in each case, including whether the temperature
increased (+) or decreased (–).

initial
temperature of
mass of thermometer temperature thermometer temperature
the solution
solid C / g diagram of the distilled diagram change / °C
after 1 min / °C
water / °C

30 20

3 25 15

20 10

30 20

4 25 15

20 10

30 20

6 25 15

20 10

[2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18 [Turn over


291/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

Experiment 2

● Experiment 1 was repeated but using 3 g, 4 g, 6 g and 8 g of solid D .

(b) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the results in the table.

Calculate and record the temperature change in each case, including whether the temperature
increased (+) or decreased (–).

initial
temperature of
mass of thermometer temperature thermometer temperature
the solution
solid D / g diagram of the distilled diagram change / °C
after 1 min / °C
water / °C

30 30

3 25 25

20 20

30 30

4 25 25

20 20

30 30

6 25 25

20 20

30 40

8 25 35

20 30

[2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18


292/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(c) P
 lot the results for Experiments 1 and 2 on the grid. The (0,0) point has been plotted for you.
Draw two straight lines of best fit.
Clearly label your graphs.

15

10

5
temperature
change / °C

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
mass of solid added / g

–5

–10
[4]

(d) 
Use your graph to estimate the temperature change after 1 minute if 8 g of solid C were added
to 40 cm3 of distilled water.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

.............................. °C [2]

(e) What type of energy change occurs when solid D dissolves in water?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Suggest the temperature of the solution containing 8 g of solid D, if the solution were left for
2 hours.
Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18 [Turn over


293/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(g) How would the temperature changes measured after 1 minute differ if the experiments were
repeated using 80 cm3 instead of 40 cm3 of distilled water in each case?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(h) Suggest one change you could make to the experiments to obtain more accurate results.
Explain how this change would make the results more accurate.

change ........................................................................................................................................

explanation .................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(i) Suggest how the reliability of the results could be checked.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 19]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18


294/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two substances, solid E and solution F, were analysed. Solid E was iron(II) sulfate. Tests were
done on solid E and solution F.

tests on solid E

Complete the expected observations.

(a) Describe the appearance of solid E.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

Solid E was added to distilled water in a test-tube. The test-tube was shaken to dissolve solid E and
form solution E. Solution E was divided into four equal portions in four test-tubes.

(b) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were added to the first portion of solution E.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate were added to the second portion of solution E.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the third portion of solution E.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [2]

(e) An excess of aqueous ammonia was added to the fourth portion of solution E.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18 [Turn over


295/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solution F

Solution  F was an aqueous salt solution.

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solution F observations

Solution F was divided into two equal portions in


two test-tubes.

test 1

Drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added white precipitate formed


to the first portion of solution F.

An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was white precipitate was insoluble


then added to the mixture.

test 2

An excess of aqueous ammonia was added to no precipitate formed


the second portion of solution F.

(f) What conclusion can you draw about the cation present in solution F?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 7]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18


296/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 
Aqueous solutions of barium hydroxide are alkaline.
Plan an investigation to find the concentration of an aqueous solution of barium hydroxide.

You are provided with an aqueous solution of barium hydroxide, dilute hydrochloric acid of known
concentration and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18 [Turn over


297/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18


298/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18


299/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/M/J/18


300/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*7230714520*

CHEMISTRY 0620/63

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2018


 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB18 06_0620_63/3RP
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

301/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Zinc sulfate crystals are hydrated. They contain water of crystallisation. A student did an experiment
to find the mass of water in hydrated zinc sulfate crystals.
The hydrated zinc sulfate crystals were weighed and then heated with a Bunsen burner to remove
the water as shown.

.........................................

watch glass hydrated


zinc sulfate
crystals
hydrated
zinc sulfate
crystals

heat

A B

(a) (i) Name the apparatus used to weigh the crystals in A.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Complete the box to name the apparatus. [1]

(b) What position should the air hole of the Bunsen burner be in when heating the hydrated
zinc sulfate crystals in B?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Describe how the student could find out if all of the water of crystallisation had been removed
from the hydrated zinc sulfate crystals.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Describe a chemical test for water.

test ..............................................................................................................................................

result ...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 7]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18


302/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated how the temperature changed when aqueous sodium  hydroxide reacted
with solutions of two different acids, acid R and acid S.

Two experiments were done.

Experiment 1

● A measuring cylinder was used to pour 50 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide into a polystyrene
cup. The temperature of the solution was measured.
● A burette was filled up to the 0.0 cm3 mark with acid R.
● 5.0 cm3 of acid R was added to the aqueous sodium hydroxide in the polystyrene cup and the
solution stirred.
● The highest temperature of the solution was measured.
● A further 5.0 cm3 of acid R was added to the polystyrene cup and the solution was stirred.
● The highest temperature of the solution was measured.
● Further 5.0 cm3 portions of acid R were added to the polystyrene cup until a total volume of
40.0 cm3 of acid R had been added. The highest temperature of the solution was measured
after each addition.

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18 [Turn over


303/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the results in the table.

volume of acid R thermometer highest temperature


added / cm3 diagram of the solution / °C
30

0.0 25

20
30

5.0 25

20
30

10.0 25

20
30

15.0 25

20
30

20.0 25

20
40

25.0 35

30
30

30.0 25

20
30

35.0 25

20
30

40.0 25

20

[2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18


304/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results for Experiment 1 on the grid and draw two intersecting straight line graphs.

40
highest temperature of the solution / °C

35

30

25

20

15
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
volume of acid R added / cm3
[2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18 [Turn over


305/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

Experiment 2

● The burette was rinsed with distilled water and then with acid S.
● Experiment 1 was repeated but using acid S instead of acid R.

(c) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the results in the table.

volume of acid S thermometer highest temperature


added / cm3 diagram of the solution / °C
30

0.0 25

20
30

5.0 25

20
40

10.0 35

30
40

15.0 35

30
40

20.0 35

30
30

25.0 25

20
30

30.0 25

20
30

35.0 25

20
30

40.0 25

20
[2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18


306/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(d) Plot the results for Experiment 2 on the grid and draw two intersecting straight line graphs.

40
highest temperature of the solution / °C

35

30

25

20

15
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
volume of acid S added / cm3
[2]

(e) (i) 
Use your graph to estimate the volume of acid  S which must be added to neutralise
50 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

 .............................. cm3 [2]

(ii) Suggest how the volume in (e)(i) would differ if the experiment were repeated using 25 cm3
instead of 50 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide.
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(f) What type of energy change occurs when acid S reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18 [Turn over


307/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(g) (i) In Experiment 2, why was the burette rinsed with distilled water?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Why was the burette then rinsed with acid S?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(h) Describe one source of error in Experiment 2. Suggest an improvement to reduce this source
of error.

source of error ............................................................................................................................

improvement ...............................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 17]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18


308/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

3 Solution  T and liquid U were analysed. Solution T was aqueous sodium hydroxide.


Tests were done on solution T and liquid U.

tests on solution T

Complete the expected observations.

Solution  T was divided into four portions in three test-tubes and one boiling tube.

(a) (i) A flame test was done on the first portion of solution T.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) The pH of the first portion of solution T was tested.

 pH = .............................. [1]

(b) ● A few drops of aqueous zinc sulfate were added to the second portion of solution T in a
test‑tube. The test-tube was shaken to mix the solutions.

observations ........................................................................................................................

● An excess of aqueous zinc sulfate was then added to the mixture.

observations ........................................................................................................................
[3]

(c) Ammonium chloride was added to the third portion of solution T in a boiling tube. The mixture
was heated and the gas produced was tested.

test ..............................................................................................................................................

observations ...............................................................................................................................
[2]

(d) An excess of aqueous chromium(III) chloride was added to the fourth portion of solution T in
a test‑tube.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18 [Turn over


309/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

tests on liquid U

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on liquid U observations

The appearance of liquid U was studied. colourless, pleasant smelling

A few drops of liquid U were placed on to a watch


glass.

The surface of the liquid was touched with a burned with a blue flame
lighted splint.

(e) What conclusion can you draw about liquid U?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18


310/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

4 Some trees have purple leaves. The purple colour is a mixture of coloured pigments.

Plan an experiment to extract and separate the coloured pigments present in the purple leaves.

You are provided with some purple leaves, sand, ethanol and common laboratory apparatus.
You may draw a diagram to help you answer the question.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18 [Turn over


311/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/M/J/18


312/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*5730558021*

CHEMISTRY 0620/61

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2018


 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB18 11_0620_61/3RP
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

313/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A student obtains pure, dry samples of sand and sodium chloride from a mixture of sand and
sodium chloride.
The student uses the apparatus shown. The method consists of six steps, A, B, C, D, E and F,
which are shown in the wrong order.

A B C

mixture of rinse the sand add water


sand and with water and stir
sodium chloride

D E F

.........................................

heat

heat to leave the sand to


evaporate dry on filter paper

(a) Order the steps in the method.

A ......... ......... ......... ......... .........


[2]

(b) Complete the box to name the apparatus in D.[1]

(c) Why is the sand rinsed with water in B?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Name the process in F.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) How could the purity of the sodium chloride obtained be checked?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 6]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18


314/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 
A student investigated the rate of reaction between dilute nitric acid and lumps of
magnesium carbonate. The apparatus shown was used.

cotton wool

dilute nitric acid lumps of magnesium carbonate

balance

 umps of magnesium  carbonate were added to a conical flask. 40 cm3 of dilute nitric acid was
L
then poured into the conical flask using a measuring cylinder. The magnesium carbonate was in
excess.

The conical flask was placed on a balance. Cotton wool was placed in the top of the conical flask.

 he mass of the conical flask and its contents was measured and a timer was started. The mass of
T
the conical flask and its contents was measured every minute for 7 minutes.

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18 [Turn over


315/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) U se the balance diagrams to record the mass of the conical flask and its contents in the table.
Complete the table to work out the total loss of mass of the conical flask and its contents since
the start of the experiment.

mass of conical flask total loss


time / minutes balance diagram
and its contents / g of mass / g

87

0 86

85
g

86

1 85

84
g
86
85
2
84

83 g

85
3 84
83
g

85

4 84
83
g

85

5 84
83
g

85

6 84
83
g

85

7 84
83
g

[3]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18


316/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results on the grid. Draw a smooth line graph.

2.5

2.0

1.5
total loss
of mass / g

1.0

0.5

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
time / minutes
[3]

(c) The average rate of reaction can be calculated using the equation shown.

total loss of mass / g


average rate of reaction =
time taken / s

Calculate the average rate of reaction for the first 30 seconds of the reaction.
Deduce the unit.

rate = ..............................

unit = ..............................
[3]

(d) The experiment is repeated using an excess of powdered magnesium carbonate. All other
conditions are kept the same.

Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18 [Turn over


317/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(e) (i) Why does the mass of the conical flask and its contents decrease?

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest the purpose of the cotton wool.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(iii) Why does the graph level off? Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(f) Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using a burette instead of a measuring cylinder
to add the dilute nitric acid to the conical flask.

advantage ...................................................................................................................................

disadvantage ..............................................................................................................................
[2]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18


318/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solid salts, solid G and solid H, were analysed. Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid G

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid G observations

test 1

A flame test was done on solid G. lilac colour

Solid G was dissolved in distilled water.

test 2

Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to the filter paper turned from purple to colourless
solution. The solution was warmed gently.
The gas produced was tested with filter paper
which had been dipped in acidified aqueous
potassium manganate(VII).

(a) Name the gas produced in test 2.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Identify solid G.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18 [Turn over


319/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid H

Solid H was calcium nitrate.

Complete the expected observations.

Solid  H was added to distilled water in a test-tube. The test-tube was shaken to dissolve solid H.
The solution was divided into four portions in four test-tubes.

(c) (i) Drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of the solution.

observations .................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture from (c)(i).

observations................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) An excess of aqueous ammonia was added to the second portion of the solution.

observations.......................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were added to the third portion of the solution.

observations.......................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Aluminium foil and aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the fourth portion of the solution.
The mixture was warmed and the gas produced was tested.

observations................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 10]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18


320/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Propanone and ethyl ethanoate are both solvents which can be used to remove paint.

Plan an investigation to determine which of these two solvents is better to use to remove paint.

You are provided with glass slides, paint, the two solvents and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

 [Total: 6]

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18 [Turn over


321/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18


322/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18


323/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0620/61/O/N/18


324/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*7208760726*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2018


 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB18 11_0620_62/3RP
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

325/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Magnesium ribbon was burned in air.

.........................................

magnesium
burning

(a) Complete the box to name the apparatus. [1]

(b) Suggest the appearance of the product formed when the magnesium ribbon was burned in air.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Name the product formed when the magnesium ribbon was burned in air.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

The product from burning the magnesium ribbon in air was added to water and heated. The solution
formed was tested with Universal Indicator solution.

(d) Suggest why the product was heated after it had been added to water. Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(e) Suggest the pH value shown when Universal Indicator was added to the mixture.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) State one safety precaution that should be taken when magnesium is burned in air.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 7]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18


326/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the rate of reaction between solution L, solution M and hydrochloric acid.
When these chemicals react they form iodine. Sodium thiosulfate solution and starch solution were
used to show how fast the reaction proceeded.

Five experiments were done.

Experiment 1

●●  measuring cylinder was used to add 10 cm3 of solution L to a conical flask.


A
●● 10  cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid, 10  cm3 of sodium thiosulfate solution and 1 cm3 of
starch solution were then added to the conical flask.
●● The reaction was started by using a measuring cylinder to add 10 cm3 of solution M to the
conical flask. A timer was started immediately and the mixture was swirled.
●● The time taken for the mixture to turn blue-black was measured.
●● The conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.

Experiment 2

●●  measuring cylinder was used to add 8 cm3 of solution L and 2 cm3 of distilled water to the
A
conical flask.
●● 10  cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid, 10  cm3 of sodium thiosulfate solution and 1  cm3 of
starch solution were then added to the conical flask.
●● The reaction was started by using a measuring cylinder to add 10 cm3 of solution M to the
conical flask. The timer was started immediately and the mixture was swirled.
●● The time taken for the mixture to turn blue-black was measured.
●● The conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.

Experiment 3

●●  xperiment 2 was repeated but 6 cm3 of solution L and 4 cm3 of distilled water were added to
E
the conical flask before adding the other reagents.

Experiment 4

●●  xperiment 2 was repeated but 5 cm3 of solution L and 5 cm3 of distilled water were added to
E
the conical flask before adding the other reagents.

Experiment 5

●●  xperiment 2 was repeated but 3 cm3 of solution L and 7 cm3 of distilled water were added to
E
the conical flask before adding the other reagents.

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18 [Turn over


327/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Use the stop-clock diagrams to record the time taken for each experiment in the table.

volume of time taken for


experiment volume of stop-clock
distilled the mixture to
number solution L / cm3 diagram
water / cm3 turn blue-black / s
0
seconds
0

1 10 0 45 15 5 15

10
minutes
30

0
0

2 8 2 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

3 6 4 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

4 5 5 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

5 3 7 45 15 5 15

10
30

[4]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18


328/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results for Experiments 1–5 on the grid. Draw a smooth line graph.

140

120

100

80
time taken for
the mixture to
turn blue-black / s
60

40

20

0
0 2 4 6 8 10
volume of solution L / cm3
[4]

(c) 
From your graph, deduce the time taken for the mixture to turn blue-black if Experiment 2
were repeated using 4 cm3 of solution L and 6 cm3 of distilled water.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18 [Turn over


329/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) (i) In which experiment, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, was the rate of reaction greatest?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain, in terms of particles, why the rate of reaction was greatest in this experiment.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(e) (i) Suggest an advantage of using a graduated pipette instead of a measuring cylinder to
measure solution L.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest and explain a disadvantage of using a graduated pipette instead of a measuring
cylinder to measure solution M.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(f) Suggest one way to improve the reliability of the results of these experiments.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18


330/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Solid  N and solid O were analysed. Solid N was ammonium sulfate. Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid N


Complete the expected observations.

(a) Describe the appearance of solid N.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

Solid  N was dissolved in distilled water to form solution N. Solution N was divided into two portions
in two test‑tubes.

(b) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate were added to the first portion of solution N.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the second portion of solution N. The mixture was
heated and the gas produced was tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Name the gas produced in (c).

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18 [Turn over


331/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid O

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid O observations

The appearance of solid O was studied. white crystals

Distilled water was added to some of solid O to


form solution O.

Solution O was divided into two equal portions in


two test‑tubes.

test 1
no reaction
An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was
added to the first portion of solution O.

test 2

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were white precipitate
added to the second portion of solution O.

test 3

A flame test was done on the rest of solid O. lilac colour

(e) What conclusion can you draw about the identity of solid O from test 1?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Identify solid  O.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 9]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18


332/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 When solid  C and solid D separately react with dilute hydrochloric acid, one reaction is exothermic
and one reaction is endothermic.

Plan an investigation to determine:

●●  hich reaction is exothermic and which reaction is endothermic


w
●● which energy change is greater.

You are provided with solid C and solid D, dilute hydrochloric acid and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

 [Total: 6]

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18 [Turn over


333/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18


334/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18


335/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0620/62/O/N/18


336/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*2544440030*

CHEMISTRY 0620/63

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2018


 1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB18 11_0620_63/3RP
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

337/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A sample of copper was prepared from lumps of copper(II) carbonate. The first step was to make
a solution of copper(II) nitrate as shown. Carbon dioxide was produced.

dilute
......................................... nitric acid .........................................

lumps of copper(II) carbonate

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [2]

(b) Describe a test for carbon dioxide.

test ..............................................................................................................................................

result ...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(c) Explain why the lumps of copper(II) carbonate were crushed before adding the dilute nitric acid.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Suggest how a sample of copper could be obtained from the solution of copper(II) nitrate.
Explain your suggestion.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18


338/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the rate of reaction between solution S and solution T at different temperatures.
When these chemicals react they form iodine. Sodium thiosulfate solution and starch solution were
used to show how fast the reaction proceeded.

Four experiments were done.

Experiment 1

●●  measuring cylinder was used to add 10 cm3 of solution S and 10 cm3 of sodium thiosulfate
A
solution to a conical flask.
●● A teat pipette was then used to add 1 cm3 of starch solution to the mixture.
●● The temperature of the mixture was measured and recorded in the table.
●● The reaction was started by using a measuring cylinder to add 10 cm3 of solution T to the
conical flask. A timer was started immediately and the mixture was swirled.
●● The time taken for the mixture to turn blue-black was measured.
●● The final temperature of the mixture was measured and recorded.
●● The conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.

Experiment 2

●●  measuring cylinder was used to add 10 cm3 of solution S and 10 cm3 of sodium thiosulfate
A
solution to the conical flask.
●● A teat pipette was then used to add 1 cm3 of starch solution to the mixture.
●● The mixture was then heated to about 30 °C.
●● The temperature of the mixture was measured and recorded in the table.
●● The reaction was started by using a measuring cylinder to add 10 cm3 of solution T to the
conical flask. The timer was started immediately and the mixture was swirled.
●● The time taken for the mixture to turn blue-black was measured.
●● The final temperature of the mixture was measured and recorded.
●● The conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.

Experiment 3

●●  xperiment 2 was repeated but the mixture of solution S, sodium thiosulfate solution and
E
starch solution in the conical flask was heated to about 40 °C before adding solution T.

Experiment 4

●●  xperiment 2 was repeated but the mixture of solution S, sodium thiosulfate solution and
E
starch solution in the conical flask was heated to about 50 °C before adding solution T.

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18 [Turn over


339/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Calculate the average temperatures in the table.


Use the stop-clock diagrams to record the time taken for each experiment in the table.

initial final average time taken for


experiment
temperature temperature temperature stop-clock diagram the mixture to
number
/ °C / °C / °C turn blue-black / s
0
seconds
0

1 22 22 45 15 5 15

10
minutes
30

0
0

2 31 29 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

3 41 37 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

4 51 45 45 15 5 15

10
30

 [4]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18


340/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results for Experiments 1– 4 on the grid. Draw a smooth line graph.

120

100

80
time taken for
the mixture to
turn blue-black / s
60

40

20

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
average temperature / °C
 [4]

(c) 
From your graph, deduce the average temperature needed for the mixture to turn blue-black
in 60 s.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(d) (i) In which experiment, 1, 2, 3 or 4, was the rate of reaction greatest?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain, in terms of particles, why the rate of reaction was greatest in this experiment.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18 [Turn over


341/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(e) P
ipettes or burettes could be used to measure the volumes of solution S and the
sodium thiosulfate solution more accurately.

State and explain one other way to improve the accuracy of the results of these experiments.

way to improve the accuracy ......................................................................................................

explanation .................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(f) A student predicted that using a burette to add solution T would improve the accuracy of the
results of these experiments.

Suggest why the student’s prediction would not improve the accuracy of the results of these
experiments.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 18]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18


342/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Solid  P and solid Q were analysed. Solid P was lithium nitrate. Tests were done on each solid.

tests on solid P


Complete the expected observations.

(a) Describe the appearance of solid P.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

Solid  P was divided into three portions.

(b) Aqueous sodium hydroxide and a small piece of aluminium foil were added to the first portion
of solid P. The mixture was heated and the gas produced was tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) The second portion of solid P was dissolved in distilled water. Dilute nitric acid and aqueous
barium nitrate were then added to the solution.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) A flame test was done on the third portion of solid P.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18 [Turn over


343/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid Q

Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid Q observations

The appearance of solid Q was studied. pink crystals

Solid Q was heated in a hard glass test-tube. condensation formed at the


top of the test-tube

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were white precipitate


added to an aqueous solution of solid Q.

(e) What conclusions can you draw about the identity of solid Q?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

 [Total: 8]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18


344/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Some cleaning products are mixtures. The three substances present in a cleaning product are
listed in the table.

state at
substance physical property
room temperature
sodium carbonate solid melts at 858 °C
ethanol liquid boils at 78 °C
limonene liquid boils at 176 °C

Use the information in the table to plan an experiment to obtain a sample of each substance from
a mixture of the three substances.

You are provided with a mixture of the three substances and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

 [Total: 6]

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18 [Turn over


345/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18


346/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18


347/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0620/63/O/N/18


348/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*6948987238*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical February/March 2017


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB17 03_0620_62/6RP
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

349/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A student investigated the gases formed during the electrolysis of dilute sulfuric acid using the
apparatus shown.
Hydrogen and oxygen were produced.

carbon ....................................
dilute
sulfuric acid

+ –

(a) Complete the box to name the apparatus used. [1]

(b) On the diagram, sketch how a sample of one of the gases could be collected. [2]

(c) Give a test for oxygen.

test ..............................................................................................................................................

result ...........................................................................................................................................
[1]

(d) The gas collected at the positive side turned limewater milky.

(i) Based on this observation, what gas was present?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest how this gas was formed.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(e) A solution of dilute sulfuric acid was electrolysed for 1 hour.

Suggest why the pH of the solution decreased during the electrolysis.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 8]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/F/M/17


350/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

Question 2 starts on the next page.

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/F/M/17 [Turn over


351/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated the reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and two different aqueous
solutions of sodium hydroxide labelled solution O and solution P.

Two experiments were carried out.


Experiment 1

●  burette was filled with dilute hydrochloric acid. The initial burette reading was recorded.
A
● Using a measuring cylinder, 20 cm3 of solution O were poured into a conical flask.
● Thymolphthalein indicator was added to the conical flask.
● The dilute hydrochloric acid was added from the burette, while swirling the flask, until the
solution just changed colour. The final burette reading was recorded.

(a) Use the burette diagrams to record the readings in the table and complete the table.

3 29

4 30

5 31

initial reading final reading

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

difference / cm3
[2]


Experiment 2

●  he conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.


T
● Experiment 1 was repeated using solution P instead of solution O.

(b) Use the burette diagrams to record the readings in the table and complete the table.

23 29

24 30

25 31

initial reading final reading

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

difference / cm3
[2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/F/M/17


352/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(c) 
What type of chemical reaction occurs when dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with
sodium hydroxide solution?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) (i) Which solution of sodium hydroxide, solution O or solution P, is the more concentrated?
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) How many times more concentrated is this solution of sodium hydroxide than the other
solution of sodium hydroxide?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(e) If Experiment 2 were repeated using 10 cm3 of solution P, what volume of dilute hydrochloric acid
would be needed?

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(f) W
 hat would be the effect, if any, on the volume of dilute hydrochloric acid used in Experiment 1
if the solution of sodium hydroxide were warmed before adding the dilute hydrochloric acid?
Give a reason for your answer.

effect on volume .........................................................................................................................

reason .........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(g) (i) What would be a more accurate method of measuring the volume of the aqueous sodium
hydroxide solution?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest how the reliability of the results could be checked.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(h) Aqueous sodium hydroxide reacts with aqueous calcium chloride to form a precipitate of
calcium hydroxide.

Use this information to suggest a different method of finding out which of the solutions of
sodium hydroxide is the more concentrated.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

[Total: 17]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/F/M/17 [Turn over


353/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

3 Two solids, Q and R, which are both salts, were analysed. Solid Q was zinc bromide.
Tests were carried out on each solid.

tests on solid Q

Solid Q was dissolved in distilled water.


The solution was divided into three equal portions in three test-tubes, and the following tests were
carried out.

Complete the expected observations.

(a) (i) D
 rops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of the solution until a
change was seen.

observations .................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) Excess aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) (i) Drops of aqueous ammonia were added to the second portion of the solution until a change
was seen.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) Excess aqueous ammonia was then added to the mixture.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were added to the third portion of the solution.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/F/M/17


354/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

tests on solid R

Tests were carried out and the following observations made.

tests on solid R observations

test 1

A flame test was carried out on solid R. yellow colour

Solid R was dissolved in distilled water. The


solution was divided into two equal portions in
two test-tubes.

test 2

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate no change


were added to the first portion of the solution.

test 3

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate


were added to the second portion of the yellow precipitate formed
solution.

(d) Identify solid R.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 9]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/F/M/17 [Turn over


355/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 When solid barium hydroxide is added to solid ammonium chloride a reaction takes place.

(a) Describe an experiment to show that this reaction is endothermic.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) How could you show whether or not the final mixture contains ammonium ions?

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/F/M/17


356/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*3090986058*

CHEMISTRY 0620/61

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2017


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB17 06_0620_61/FP
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

357/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A student prepared strontium nitrate crystals.

The diagram shows some of the stages in this preparation.

.........................................
strontium
carbonate
added

strontium nitrate
solution
dilute acid
unreacted
solid
stage 1 stage 2 stage 3

(a) (i) Complete the box to identify the apparatus. [1]

(ii) What is used to add the strontium carbonate to the acid in stage 1?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) Name the dilute acid used.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(iv) Give one expected observation in stage 2.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) Why is heat not necessary in stage 2?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Which of the reactants is in excess? Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Describe how crystals of strontium nitrate could be obtained from the mixture in stage 3.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/M/J/17


358/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the reaction between aqueous sodium thiosulfate and two different aqueous
solutions of potassium iodate labelled solution C and solution D.

Two experiments were carried out.

Experiment 1

●  burette was filled with aqueous sodium thiosulfate. The initial burette reading was recorded.
A
● Using a measuring cylinder, 20 cm3 of solution C were poured into a conical flask. 10 cm3 of
dilute sulfuric acid and 1 g of potassium iodide were added to the flask to form a solution of
iodine. The flask was swirled to mix the contents.

● Aqueous sodium thiosulfate was slowly added from the burette to the flask and swirled to mix
thoroughly.
● When the contents of the flask turned pale yellow, starch solution was added and the solution
turned blue-black.
● More aqueous sodium thiosulfate was then added slowly to the flask until the solution just
turned colourless. The final burette reading was recorded.

(a) Use the burette diagrams to record the readings in the table and complete the table.

4 37

5 38

6 39

initial reading final reading

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

difference / cm3
[2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/M/J/17 [Turn over


359/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4


Experiment 2

●  he conical flask was emptied and rinsed with distilled water.


T
● Experiment 1 was repeated using solution D instead of solution C.

(b) Use the burette diagrams to record the readings in the table and complete the table.

3 20

4 21

5 22

initial reading final reading

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

difference / cm3
[2]

(c) (i) W
 hich solution of potassium iodate, solution C or solution D, is the more concentrated?
Explain your answer.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) How many times more concentrated is this solution of potassium iodate?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(d) Predict the volume of aqueous sodium thiosulfate which would be needed to react completely
with 30 cm3 of solution D.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/M/J/17


360/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(e) (i) State two sources of error in the experiments.

1. ..........................................................................................................................................

2. ..........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(ii) Suggest two improvements to reduce the sources of error in (e)(i).

1. ..........................................................................................................................................

2. ..........................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 13]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/M/J/17 [Turn over


361/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

3 Two solids, E and F, were analysed. Solid F was potassium iodide. Tests were carried out on each
solid. Some of the observations on solid E are shown.

tests on solid E observations

Appearance of solid E. green solid

test 1

Solid E was heated gently then strongly. the solid turned black

test 2

Dilute sulfuric acid was added to solid E. rapid effervescence

The gas given off was tested. limewater turned milky

Excess aqueous ammonia was then added to a pale blue precipitate formed, which then
the mixture in the test-tube. dissolved to form a dark blue solution

test 3

A flame test was carried out on solid E. blue-green colour

(a) 
Test 1 states that the solid should be heated gently then strongly.

In terms of safety, explain why it is necessary to heat gently at first.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Identify the gas given off in test 2.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Identify solid E.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/M/J/17


362/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

tests on solid F


Complete the expected observations.

(d) Describe the appearance of solid F.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

Distilled water was added to solid F in a test-tube and shaken to dissolve solid F.

(e) (i) To the first portion of the solution, an excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was added.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) T
 o the second portion of the solution, dilute  nitric  acid and aqueous  silver  nitrate were
added.

observations .................................................................................................................. [2]

(f) A flame test was carried out on solid F.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

(g) Describe how you would carry out a flame test.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 11]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/M/J/17 [Turn over


363/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 A sample of furniture cleaner contains aqueous sodium chloride, aqueous ammonia and sand.

(a) Give a test to show the presence of ammonia in the mixture.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Plan an investigation to obtain a sample of

(i) pure water from the mixture, ................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) pure sand from the mixture. .................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [3]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/M/J/17


364/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education


CHEMISTRY 0620/62
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2017
1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB17 06_0620_62/FP
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

365/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A student investigated the rate of reaction between an excess of dilute hydrochloric acid and
magnesium ribbon. The apparatus is shown.

.........................................

.........................................

magnesium ribbon water

dilute
hydrochloric
acid

Two experiments were carried out. The temperature was the same in each case.

(a) Complete the boxes to identify the apparatus. [2]

(b) Give one observation expected during this reaction.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

Graphs were drawn from the results for each experiment as shown.

100
90
Experiment 1
80
70
60
volume of
gas / cm3 50
40
Experiment 2
30
20
10
0

(c) Label the x-axis of the graph. [2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/M/J/17

366/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
3

(d) (i) Give the volumes of gas at which the two graphs level out and compare these values.

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Suggest why the graphs level out at different volumes.

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) The graph has been drawn again.

Draw the curve expected if Experiment 1 were repeated using the same mass of
magnesium powder instead of magnesium ribbon.

100
90
Experiment 1
80
70
60
volume of
gas / cm3 50
40
Experiment 2
30
20
10
0
[2]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/M/J/17 [Turn over


367/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated the reaction between aqueous potassium manganate(VII), solution A, and
two solutions of iron(II) sulfate, solution B and solution C, of different concentrations.

Two experiments were carried out.

Experiment 1

● A burette was filled with solution A to the 0.0 cm3 mark.


● A measuring cylinder was used to pour 25 cm3 of solution B into a conical flask.
● Solution A was added to the flask, while the flask was swirled, until the mixture just turned
permanently pink. The burette reading was recorded.

(a) Use the burette diagram to record the reading in the table and complete the table.

12

13

14

final reading

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

difference / cm3
[2]

Experiment 2

● Experiment 1 was repeated using 25 cm3 of solution C instead of solution B. In Experiment 2


the burette was not filled to the 0.0 cm3 mark.

(b) Use the burette diagrams to record the readings in the table and complete the table.

2 40

3 41

4 42

initial reading final reading

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

difference / cm3
[2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/M/J/17

368/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
5

(c) Why is an indicator not added to the conical flask?

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) (i) Which solution of iron(II) sulfate, solution B or solution C, is the more concentrated?
Explain your answer.

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) How many times more concentrated is this solution of iron(II) sulfate?

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) (i) If Experiment 2 were repeated using 50 cm3 of solution C, what volume of solution A would
be needed? Explain your answer.

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Suggest a practical problem that using 50 cm3 of solution C in this investigation would
cause. Suggest a practical solution to the problem.

problem ...............................................................................................................................

solution ...............................................................................................................................
[2]

(f) Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using a measuring cylinder instead of a
25 cm3 pipette for solution B.

advantage ..................................................................................................................................

disadvantage .............................................................................................................................
[2]

(g) How would the results be improved by taking repeated measurements?

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 15]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/M/J/17 [Turn over


369/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

3 Two solids, E and F, which are both salts, were analysed. Solid F was lithium chloride.
Tests were carried out on each solid.
Some of the tests and observations are shown.

tests on solid E

tests on solid E observations

test 1

A flame test was carried out on solid E. yellow colour

test 2

10 cm3 of distilled water were poured into a boiling tube. The initial temperature of the water was
measured.
Solid E was added to the boiling tube and the boiling tube was shaken to dissolve solid E. The
temperature of the solution was measured after 1 minute.

(a) Use the thermometer diagrams in the table to record the temperatures and complete the table.

20
temperature of
the solution after 15
1 minute / C
10

30
initial temperature
25
of the water / C
20

temperature difference / C
[2]

The solution was divided into two equal portions in two test-tubes and the following tests carried
out.

tests on solid E observations

test 3

Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to the first filter paper turned from purple to colourless
portion of the solution. The gas given off was
tested with filter paper dipped into acidified
aqueous potassium manganate(VII).

test 4

An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was no change


added to the second portion of the solution.

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/M/J/17

370/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
7

(b) What does the temperature change tell you about the process occurring in test 2?

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) Name the gas given off in test 3.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) Identify solid E.

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

tests on solid F

Complete the expected observations.

(e) A flame test was carried out on solid F.

observations ........................................................................................................................ [1]

Solid F was added to distilled water in a test-tube and the test-tube shaken to dissolve solid F.

(f) Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were added to the solution.

observations ........................................................................................................................ [2]

[Total: 9]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/M/J/17 [Turn over


371/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 Calcium carbonate and kaolinite are both white solids found in sedimentary rocks.

Calcium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form aqueous calcium chloride. Kaolinite
does not react with dilute acids.

You are provided with a mixture of calcium carbonate and kaolinite and access to
dilute hydrochloric acid.

Plan an experiment to determine the percentage by mass of calcium carbonate in the mixture.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/M/J/17

372/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*6879205020*

CHEMISTRY 0620/63

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2017


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB17 06_0620_63/3RP
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

373/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A mixture of alcohols can be separated by fractional distillation. The apparatus shown was used to
separate ethanol from the mixture.

.........................................

mixture
water
of alcohols

(a) (i) Complete the box to identify the apparatus. [1]

(ii) Indicate with an arrow where heat is applied. [1]

(b) What is the purpose of the water?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) Why is the thermometer bulb placed as shown and not in the mixture of alcohols?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Use the letter E to indicate on the diagram where ethanol would collect. [1]

(e) (i) Suggest a simple chemical test to show that the liquid collected is ethanol and not water.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Give a physical test to identify pure ethanol.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

[Total: 8]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/M/J/17


374/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the rate of reaction between magnesium ribbon and two different solutions
of dilute sulfuric acid, solution G and solution H. The acid was in excess in both experiments.

Two experiments were carried out.


Experiment 1

● The apparatus was set up as shown in the diagram.

rubber connector
clamp

inverted 100 cm3


measuring cylinder
bung

trough
conical flask
water

●  sing a measuring cylinder, 50 cm3 of solution G were poured into the conical flask. A piece of
U
magnesium ribbon was added to the conical flask and the bung replaced.
● The timer was started immediately and the total volume of gas collected in the measuring
cylinder was measured every 20 seconds for 180 seconds (3 minutes).


Experiment 2

● Experiment 1 was repeated using 50 cm3 of solution H instead of solution G.

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/M/J/17 [Turn over


375/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Use the measuring cylinder diagrams to record the volumes of gas collected in Experiment 1.

Experiment 1 Experiment 2
measuring cylinder
time / s volume of gas / cm3 volume of gas / cm3
diagram
0

0 0
5
10

10

20 15
8
20

20

40 25
14
30

35

60 40
21
45

40

80 45
27
50

50

100 55
33
60

65

120 70
39
75

75

140 80
45
85

85

160 90
50
95

85

180 90
55
95

[3]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/M/J/17


376/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results for Experiments 1 and 2 on the grid and draw two smooth line graphs.
Clearly label your graphs.

100

90

80

70
volume of gas / cm3

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
time / s
[4]

(c) Which experiment had the faster rate of reaction? Suggest a reason why the rate was faster in
this experiment.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/M/J/17 [Turn over


377/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) The average rate of this reaction can be calculated using the equation shown.

volume of gas / cm3
average rate =
time taken / s

 or Experiment 1, calculate the average rate of reaction for the first 30 seconds of the reaction.
F
Include the units.

rate = ............................

units = ............................
[3]

(e) Why, eventually, will no more gas be produced?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Suggest the effect on the rate of reaction of using the same mass of magnesium powder
instead of magnesium ribbon. Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

(g) Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using a measuring cylinder to measure the
volumes of solution G and solution H.

advantage ...................................................................................................................................

disadvantage ..............................................................................................................................
[2]

(h) Suggest one improvement to these experiments.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 18]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/M/J/17


378/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two substances, solid J and solution K, were analysed. Solution K was hydrogen peroxide.
Tests on each substance were carried out. The observations are shown.

tests observations

tests on solid J

Appearance of solid J. black solid

test 1

Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to solid J. blue litmus turned white
The mixture was heated and the gas given off
was tested with damp litmus paper.

tests on solution K

Solution K was divided into two equal portions


in two test-tubes.

test 2

Iron(II) sulfate crystals were added to the first red-brown precipitate formed
portion of the solution. The mixture was shaken
and aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to
the mixture.

test 3

Solid J was added to the second portion of the glowing splint relit
solution. The gas given off was tested with a solid J was unchanged
splint.

(a) Name the gas given off in test 1.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) (i) Name the precipitate formed in test 2.

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) A new test 2 was carried out. Iron(II) sulfate crystals were added to water, the mixture
was shaken and then aqueous sodium hydroxide was added.

What would be observed?

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/M/J/17 [Turn over


379/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(c) Name the gas given off in test 3.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) What conclusions can you draw about solid J?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 8]

4 Cassiterite is a naturally occurring form of tin oxide.

Describe how you would


● obtain a sample of tin from a large lump of cassiterite in the laboratory,
● determine the percentage by mass of tin present in cassiterite.

Tin is similar in reactivity to iron.

Your answer should include any apparatus and chemicals used and the conditions required.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/M/J/17


380/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*4473552331*

CHEMISTRY 0620/61

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2017


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB17 11_0620_61/3RP
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

381/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 A student reacted dilute hydrochloric acid with zinc oxide to prepare zinc chloride solution.
The diagram shows part of the procedure.

zinc chloride
solution

unreacted
zinc oxide
funnel

.........................................

(a) Complete the box to name the apparatus. [1]

(b) 
Which of the reactants was in excess?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) (i) 
Name the separation process this apparatus is used for.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Suggest why this apparatus would not work.

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(d) Describe how crystals of zinc chloride could be obtained from the zinc chloride solution.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

[Total: 7]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/O/N/17


382/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 
A student investigated the rate of reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and aqueous
sodium thiosulfate. When these chemicals react they form a precipitate which makes the solution
go cloudy. The formation of this precipitate can be used to show how fast the reaction proceeds.

Five experiments were carried out using the apparatus shown.

eye

10 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid

250 cm3 conical flask

aqueous sodium thiosulfate

sheet of paper with


words printed on it


Experiment 1

●  sing a measuring cylinder, 50 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate were poured into a conical
U
flask. The initial temperature of the solution was measured. The conical flask was placed on a
sheet of paper with words printed on it.
● Using a measuring cylinder, 10 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid were added to the solution in the
conical flask and a stopclock was started.
● The time taken for the printed words to disappear from view was measured.
● The final temperature of the mixture was measured.

Experiment 2

●  sing a measuring cylinder, 50 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate were poured into a conical
U
flask. The solution was heated to about 30 °C and the temperature was measured. The conical
flask was placed on a sheet of paper with words printed on it.
● Using a measuring cylinder, 10 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid were added to the solution in the
conical flask and a stopclock was started.
● The time taken for the printed words to disappear from view was measured.
● The final temperature of the mixture was measured.

Experiment 3

●  xperiment 2 was repeated but the 50 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate were heated to about
E
40 °C before adding the dilute hydrochloric acid.


Experiment 4

●  xperiment 2 was repeated but the 50 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate were heated to about
E
50 °C before adding the dilute hydrochloric acid.


Experiment 5

●  xperiment 2 was repeated but the 50 cm3 of aqueous sodium thiosulfate were heated to about
E
60 °C before adding the dilute hydrochloric acid.

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/O/N/17 [Turn over


383/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Calculate the average temperatures and record them in the table.
Use the stopclock diagrams to record the times in the table.

initial final time taken for the


average
experiment temperature temperature stopclock printed words to
temperature
number of the of the diagram disappear from
/ °C
solution / °C mixture / °C view / s
0
seconds
0

1 19 17 45 15 5 15

10
minutes
30

0
0

2 32 30 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

3 42 40 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

4 54 52 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

5 65 61 45 15 5 15

10
30

[3]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/O/N/17


384/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results of Experiments 1–5 on the grid. Draw a smooth line graph.

240

210

180

150
time taken
for the
printed
words to 120
disappear
from view / s

90

60

30

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
average temperature / °C
[4]

(c) From your graph, deduce the time taken for the printed words to disappear from view when
Experiment  2 was repeated at an initial temperature of 73 °C. The final temperature of the
mixture was 71 °C.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(d) Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect if all of the experiments were repeated using
a more dilute solution of aqueous sodium thiosulfate. [1]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/O/N/17 [Turn over


385/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(e) (i) In which experiment, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, was the rate of reaction greatest?

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain, in terms of particles, why the rate of reaction was greatest in this experiment.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(f) Suggest and explain the effect on the results of using

(i) a burette to measure the volumes,

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) a 100 cm3 conical flask instead of a 250 cm3 conical flask.

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [2]

[Total: 18]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/O/N/17


386/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solid salts, F and G, were analysed. Solid F was iron(III) nitrate.
Tests were carried out on each solid.

tests on solid F

Complete the expected observations.

Solid  F was dissolved in distilled water to produce solution F. Solution F was divided into three
equal portions in three test-tubes.

(a) (i) A
 few drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of solution F until
a change was seen.

observations .................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture from (a)(i).

observations................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) An excess of aqueous ammonia was added to the second portion of solution F until a change
was seen.

observations.......................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Aluminium foil and aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the third portion of solution F.
The mixture was heated and the gas which was produced was tested.

test for gas ..................................................................................................................................

test result ....................................................................................................................................


[2]

(d) Identify the gas produced in (c).

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

tests on solid G

Tests were carried out and the following observations made.

tests on solid G observations

test 1

A flame test was carried out on solid G. red colour

test 2

Dilute nitric acid was added to solid G. rapid effervescence

The gas produced was passed through limewater. limewater turned milky

(e) Identify solid G.

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 9]

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/O/N/17 [Turn over


387/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 Iron, tin and zinc all react with dilute hydrochloric acid to produce hydrogen.
Plan an experiment to determine the order of reactivity of iron, tin and zinc.
You are provided with powdered samples of the metals and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0620/61/O/N/17


388/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*1525169577*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2017


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB17 11_0620_62/4RP
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

389/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Some magnesium ribbon was cleaned.


Steam was then passed over the magnesium ribbon as it was heated, using the apparatus shown.

.........................................
mineral wool magnesium ribbon

(a) What liquid is absorbed on the mineral wool?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) (i) Use two arrows to show two places where heat is applied. [1]

(ii) Complete the box to name the apparatus. [1]

(c) Suggest how the magnesium ribbon was cleaned.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) (i) Complete the diagram to show how the hydrogen produced could be collected and its
volume measured. Label your diagram. [2]

(ii) State the effect of a lighted splint on the hydrogen produced.

........................................................................................................................................ [1]

(e) Suggest why the tube containing the magnesium cracks after the reaction.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 8]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/O/N/17


390/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated what happened when two different solids, S and T, dissolved in water.

Two experiments were carried out.

Experiment 1

●  sing a measuring cylinder, 30 cm3 of distilled water were poured into a polystyrene cup. The
U
initial temperature of the water was measured.
● 2.0 g of solid S were added to the polystyrene cup and the solution was stirred with a
thermometer.
● The maximum temperature of the solution was measured.
● The solution was poured away and the polystyrene cup was rinsed out with distilled water.

●  he procedure was repeated using 3.0 g of solid S.


T
● The procedure was repeated using 5.0 g of solid S.

(a) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the temperatures in the table.

mass of thermometer initial temperature thermometer maximum temperature


solid S / g diagram of the water / °C diagram of the solution / °C

30 40

2.0 25 35

20 30

30 40

3.0 25 35

20 30

30 55

5.0 25 50

20 45
[2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/O/N/17 [Turn over


391/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

Experiment 2

●  xperiment 1 was repeated using 2.0 g, 3.0 g, 4.0 g and 6.0 g of solid T. The minimum
E
temperature of the solution was measured in each case.

(b) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the temperatures in the table.

mass of thermometer initial temperature thermometer minimum temperature


solid T / g diagram of the water / °C diagram of the solution / °C

30 25

2.0 25 20

20 15

30 20

3.0 25 15

20 10

30 20

4.0 25 15

20 10

30 20

6.0 25 15

20 10
[2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/O/N/17


392/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(c) P
 lot the results of Experiment  1 (maximum temperature) and Experiment  2 (minimum
temperature) on the grid. Draw two straight lines of best fit.
Clearly label your lines.

70

60

50

40
temperature of
the solution / °C

30

20

10

0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
mass of solid / g
[4]

(d) (i) From your graph, deduce the maximum temperature of the solution if 6.0 g of solid  S
were added to 30 cm3 of distilled water.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

.............................. °C [2]

(ii) 
From your graph, deduce the minimum temperature of the solution if 4.5 g of solid T were
added to 30 cm3 of distilled water.

Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

.............................. °C [2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/O/N/17 [Turn over


393/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(e) Use the results to identify the type of energy change that occurs when solid S dissolves in
water.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Suggest one change you could make to the experiments to obtain more accurate results.
Explain how this change would make the results more accurate.

change ........................................................................................................................................

explanation .................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(g) Suggest how the reliability of the results could be checked.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(h) E
 xplain how the temperatures measured would be different if Experiment  1 were repeated
using 60 cm3 of distilled water in each case.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 18]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/O/N/17


394/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 
Two solid salts, U and W, were analysed. Solid U was sodium carbonate.
Tests were carried out on each solid.

tests on solid U

Complete the expected observations.

(a) Describe the appearance of solid U.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

About half of solid U was dissolved in distilled water to produce solution U. Solution U was divided
into two equal portions in two test-tubes.

(b) Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to the first portion of solution U.
The gas produced was tested.

observations ...............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) Name the gas produced in (b).

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) A flame test was carried out on solid U.

observations.......................................................................................................................... [1]

tests on solid W

Tests were carried out and the following observations made.

tests on solid W observations


Appearance of solid W. white crystals

Solid W was dissolved in distilled water to produce


solution W. The solution was divided into two equal
portions in two test-tubes.

test 1

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were added white precipitate formed
to the first portion of solution W.

test 2

The second portion of solution U was added to the white precipitate formed
second portion of solution W.

An excess of dilute hydrochloric acid was then added rapid effervescence


to the mixture. white precipitate dissolved

(e) What conclusions can you draw about solid W?

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 8]

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/O/N/17 [Turn over


395/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 When iron nails rust, the mass of the nails increases.


Plan an experiment to investigate if iron nails rust more quickly in tap water or in distilled water.
You are provided with new iron nails and common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0620/62/O/N/17


396/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*4976035785*

CHEMISTRY 0620/63

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2017


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB17 11_0620_63/3RP
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

397/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

Cerussite is a lead ore which contains lead(II) carbonate. A student obtained a solution of


1 
lead(II) nitrate from cerussite using the apparatus shown.

.........................................

.........................................
dilute
acid

cerussite

step 1 step 2 step 3

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [2]

(b) Why was the cerussite crushed in step 1?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Name the dilute acid used in step 2.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) What is the general name given to an insoluble solid left on a filter paper after filtration?

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(e) Suggest how a sample of lead could be obtained from the solution of lead(II) nitrate.

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 7]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17


398/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

Question 2 starts on the next page.

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17 [Turn over


399/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated what happened to the temperature when two different solids, W and X,
dissolved in water.

Two experiments were carried out.

Experiment 1

●  sing a measuring cylinder, 30 cm3 of distilled water were poured into a polystyrene cup. The
U
initial temperature of the water was measured at time = 0 seconds.
● Solid W was added to the water, a timer was started and the solution was stirred with a
thermometer.
● The temperature of the solution was measured every 10 seconds for 90 seconds.

(a) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the temperatures in the table.

time / s 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
30 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 15
thermometer
25 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10
diagram
20 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5

temperature of
the solution / °C
[2]

Experiment 2

● The polystyrene cup was emptied and rinsed with water.


● Experiment 1 was repeated using solid X.
● The temperature of the solution was measured every 10 seconds for 90 seconds.

(b) Use the thermometer diagrams to record the temperatures in the table.

time / s 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
30 30 30 35 35 35 40 40 40 40
thermometer
25 25 25 30 30 30 35 35 35 35
diagram
20 20 20 25 25 25 30 30 30 30

temperature of
the solution / °C
[2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17


400/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(c) Plot the results for Experiments 1 and 2 on the grid. Draw two smooth line graphs.
Clearly label your lines.

40

30

temperature of
the solution / °C

20

10

0
0 20 40 60 80 100
time / s
[4]

(d) (i) From your graph, deduce the temperature of the solution in Experiment 1 after 15 seconds.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

............................. °C [2]

(ii) From your graph, deduce the time taken for the temperature of the solution in Experiment 2
to change by 6 °C from the initial temperature.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

............................. s [2]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17 [Turn over


401/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(e) U
 se the results to identify the type of energy change that occurs when solid X dissolves in
water.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(f) Predict the temperature of the solution in Experiment 2 after 1 hour. Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

(g) State two sources of error in these experiments. Give one improvement to reduce each of
these sources of error.

source of error 1 .........................................................................................................................

improvement 1 ............................................................................................................................

source of error 2 .........................................................................................................................

improvement 2 ............................................................................................................................
[4]

(h) When carrying out the experiments, what would be a disadvantage of taking the temperature
readings only every 30 seconds?

.....................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 19]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17


402/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solutions, Y and Z, were analysed.


Solution Y was aqueous chromium(III) nitrate.
Tests were carried out on both solutions.

tests on solution Y

Complete the expected observations.

The solution was divided into two equal portions in two test-tubes.

(a) (i) A
 few drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of solution Y and
the test-tube shaken to mix the solutions.

observations .................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) An excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture.

observations................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) The mixture from (a)(ii) was poured into a boiling tube and a small piece of aluminium foil
was added.
The mixture was heated and the gas produced was tested.

observations.........................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................ [3]

(b) Identify the gas produced in (a)(iii).

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17 [Turn over


403/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solution Z

Tests were carried out and the following observations made.

tests on solution Z observations

Solution Z was divided into three equal portions


in three test-tubes.

test 1

The pH of the first portion of solution Z was pH 10


tested.

test 2

A few drops of aqueous copper(II) sulfate were dark blue solution formed


added to the second portion of solution Z.

An excess of aqueous copper(II) sulfate was light blue precipitate formed


then added to the mixture.

test 3

The second portion of solution Y was added to grey-green precipitate formed


the third portion of solution Z.

(c) Identify solution Z.

............................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 8]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17


404/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Washing soda crystals are crystals of hydrated sodium carbonate, Na2CO3.10H2O. When exposed
to the air, some of the water is lost from the crystals and a new substance is formed. This process
occurs faster in hotter climates.

Plan an experiment to determine the percentage of water by mass present in the new substance.

You are provided with common laboratory apparatus.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17 [Turn over


405/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17


406/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17


407/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0620/63/O/N/17


408/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*8977051001*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical February/March 2016


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB16 03_0620_62/5RP
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over

409/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The diagrams show the apparatus used to obtain crystals of calcium chloride from a mixture of solid
calcium chloride and solid calcium carbonate.
Calcium chloride is soluble in water and calcium carbonate is insoluble in water.

dish

solid
A B C

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [2]

(b) (i) Write down the order in which the apparatus should be used in this experiment.

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Name the separation process in C.

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) (i) What has been added to the mixture in B?

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) What is the general name given to the liquid in the dish in C?

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) How would you know when to stop heating the dish in A?

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 7]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16


410/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A teacher investigated the rate of a reaction between two solutions, J and K, and sulfuric acid at
different temperatures.

Four experiments were carried out.

(a) Experiment 1

A large measuring cylinder was used to pour 50 cm3 of distilled water and 40 cm3 of sulfuric acid
into a 250 cm3 conical flask.
A small measuring cylinder was used to add 2 cm3 of methyl orange and 5 cm3 of solution J to
the mixture in the conical flask. The temperature of the mixture was measured.
The reaction was started by adding 5 cm3 of solution K to the conical flask, immediately starting
the timer and swirling the mixture.
The time taken for the mixture to turn pale yellow was measured. The final temperature of the
mixture was measured.

Experiment 2

Experiment 1 was repeated but the mixture in the conical flask was heated to about 30 °C
before adding the solution K. The temperature of the mixture was measured.
5 cm3 of solution K was added to the conical flask. The timer was started and the mixture
swirled.
The time taken for the mixture to turn pale yellow was measured. The final temperature of the
mixture was measured.

Experiment 3

Experiment 1 was repeated but the mixture in the conical flask was heated to about 40 °C
before adding the solution K to the flask. The same measurements were taken.

Experiment 4

Experiment 1 was repeated but the mixture in the conical flask was heated to about 50 °C
before adding the solution K to the flask. The same measurements were taken.

Stop-clock diagrams for these experiments are on page 4.

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16 [Turn over


411/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

Use the stop-clock diagrams to record the times in the table.

Work out the average temperatures to complete the table.

time taken for


stop-clock initial final average
experiment mixture to
diagram temperature temperature temperature
turn pale yellow
/ °C / °C / °C
/s

0
seconds
0

1 45 15 5 15 17 15

10
30 minutes

0
0

2 45 15 5 15 28 26

10
30

0
0

3 45 15 5 15 42 40

10
30

0
0

4 45 15 5 15 51 49

10
30

[4]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16


412/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results on the grid and draw a smooth line graph.

160

140

120

100

time / s
80

60

40

20

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

average temperature / °C
[4]

(c) From your graph deduce the time taken for the mixture to turn pale yellow if Experiment 1 was
repeated at an average temperature of 60 °C.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16 [Turn over


413/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) (i) In which experiment was the rate of reaction greatest?

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Explain why the rate of reaction was greatest in this experiment.

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(e) (i) Suggest and explain the effect on the results of using a burette to measure the volume of
solution J.

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Suggest and explain one other improvement to these experiments.

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 17]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16


414/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solids, L and M, were analysed. Solid L was copper(II) chloride and solid M was a different
salt.
The tests on the solids, and some of the observations, are shown.

tests on solid L

(a) Describe the appearance of solid L.

observation ........................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Distilled water was added to solid L and shaken to dissolve.

The solution was divided into four equal portions in four test-tubes and the following tests
carried out.

(i) Drops of aqueous ammonia were added to the first portion of the solution.

Excess ammonia solution was then added to the mixture and shaken.

observation ..........................................................................................................................

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [4]

(ii) Excess aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the second portion of the solution.

observation ..........................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Dilute nitric acid was added to the third portion of the solution followed by aqueous silver
nitrate.

observation .................................................................................................................... [1]

(iv) Dilute nitric acid was added to the fourth portion of the solution followed by aqueous
barium nitrate.

observation .................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16 [Turn over


415/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solid M

Tests are carried out and the following observations made.

tests on solid M observations

Appearance of the solid. white crystals

The solid was heated and the gas given off was a sublimate formed
tested with damp red litmus paper. on the sides of the test-tube

litmus paper turned blue

Solid M was dissolved in water to form a


solution.

Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the pungent gas evolved


solution and the mixture heated. The gas given
off was tested. pH paper showed pH 10

Dilute nitric acid was added to the solution


followed by aqueous silver nitrate. yellow precipitate

(c) Identify solid M.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16


416/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 The label on a bottle of orange drink stated ‘contains no artificial colours’. A scientist thought that
the orange colour in the drink was a mixture of two artificial colours:

• Sunset Yellow E110


• Allura Red E129

Plan an investigation to show that the orange colour in the drink did not contain these two artificial
colours.
You are provided with samples of E110, E129 and the orange colouring from the drink. You are also
provided with common laboratory apparatus.
You may draw a diagram to help answer the question.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16 [Turn over


417/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16


418/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16


419/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/F/M/16


420/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*3845366912*

CHEMISTRY 0620/61

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2016


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB16 06_0620_61/3RP
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over

421/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The diagram shows the apparatus used to separate a mixture of water, boiling point 100 °C, and
ethanol, boiling point 78 °C.

condenser

water and
ethanol mixture

heat heat

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [2]

(b) Label the arrows on the condenser. [1]

(c) Identify one mistake in the apparatus.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) Which liquid would collect first? Explain your answer.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(e) Why would it be better to use an electrical heater instead of a Bunsen burner to heat the water
and ethanol mixture?

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 7]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/M/J/16


422/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the reaction between aqueous sodium carbonate and two different solutions
of dilute hydrochloric acid, A and B.
The reaction is:

Na2CO3(aq) + 2HCl (aq) → 2NaCl (aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

Three experiments were carried out.

(a) Experiment 1

Using a measuring cylinder, 25 cm3 of aqueous sodium carbonate were poured into a conical
flask.
Thymolphthalein indicator was added to the conical flask.
A burette was filled up to the 0.0 cm3 mark with solution A of dilute hydrochloric acid. A was
added to the flask, until the solution just changed colour.
Use the burette diagram to record the reading in the table.

12

13

14

final reading

Experiment 2

Experiment 1 was repeated using methyl orange indicator instead of thymolphthalein.


Methyl orange is red-orange in acidic solutions and yellow in alkaline solutions.
Use the burette diagrams to record the readings in the table and complete the table.

12 38

13 39

14 40

initial reading final reading

experiment 1 experiment 2

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

difference / cm3
[4]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/M/J/16 [Turn over


423/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(b) What colour change was observed in the flask in experiment 2?

from ................................................................ to ................................................................. [1]

(c) Experiment 3

Experiment 1 was repeated using solution B of acid instead of solution A.

Use the burette diagrams to record the readings in the table and complete the table.

8 15

9 16

10 17

initial reading final reading

experiment 3

final burette reading / cm3

initial burette reading / cm3

difference / cm3
[2]

(d) Suggest one observation, other than colour change, that is made when hydrochloric acid is
added to sodium carbonate.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(e) Complete the sentence below.

Experiment .......... needed the largest volume of hydrochloric acid to change the colour of the
indicator. [1]

(f) What would be a more accurate method of measuring the volume of the aqueous
sodium carbonate?

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/M/J/16


424/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(g) What would be the effect on the results, if any, if the solutions of sodium carbonate were
warmed before adding the hydrochloric acid? Give a reason for your answer.

effect on results ..........................................................................................................................

reason ........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(h) (i) Determine the ratio of volumes of dilute hydrochloric acid used in experiments 1 and 3.

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Use your answer to (h)(i) to deduce how the concentration of solution A differs from that
of solution B.

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(i) Suggest a different method, using standard laboratory chemicals, to determine which of the
solutions of dilute hydrochloric acid, A or B, is more concentrated.

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

[Total: 17]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/M/J/16 [Turn over


425/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

3 Two substances, C and D, were analysed. Solid C was a salt and solution D was an aqueous
solution of chromium(III) chloride.
The tests on solid C, and some of the observations, are in the following table.

tests observations

tests on solid C

Solid C was added to distilled water in a


test-tube and shaken to dissolve.

The solution was divided into two portions in


test-tubes, and the following tests carried out.

Appearance of the solution. colourless liquid

 he pH of the first portion of the solution was


T pH = 7
tested.

 ilute nitric acid was added to the second


D
portion of the solution followed by aqueous cream precipitate
silver nitrate.

A flame test was carried out on solid C. yellow flame colour

(a) Identify solid C.

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) Describe the appearance of solution D.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) Tests were carried out on solution D.

Complete the observations for tests 1, 2 and 3.

(i) t est 1

Drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to solution D.

Excess aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/M/J/16


426/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

(ii) test 2

Excess aqueous ammonia was added to solution D.

observations .................................................................................................................. [2]

(iii) test 3

Dilute nitric acid was added to solution D followed by aqueous silver nitrate.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) Chromium(III) can be converted to chromium(VI). Chromium(VI) is hazardous.

Suggest one safety precaution when using chromium(VI).

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/M/J/16 [Turn over


427/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 Calcium burns in air to form calcium oxide. The reaction is vigorous and some of the calcium oxide
can be lost as smoke.
Plan an investigation to determine the maximum mass of oxygen that combines to form calcium
oxide when 2 g of calcium granules are burnt in air.
You are provided with common laboratory apparatus and calcium granules.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/M/J/16


428/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*2553361951*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2016


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

IB16 06_0620_62/4RP
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over

429/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The diagram shows the apparatus used to reduce copper(II) oxide with hydrogen.

copper(II) oxide excess hydrogen


burning in air
hydrogen

ice

colourless liquid

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [2]

(b) Use an arrow to indicate where heat is applied. [1]

(c) The colour of the copper(II) oxide changes from ............................. to ............................ . [2]

(d) Suggest a reason why the U-tube is surrounded by ice.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(e) (i) Identify the colourless liquid formed.

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Give a chemical test for this liquid.

test . .....................................................................................................................................

result . ..................................................................................................................................
[2]

(iii) How could you show that this liquid is pure?

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/M/J/16


430/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the rate of reaction between hydrogen peroxide and aqueous
potassium iodide. When these chemicals react they form iodine. Sodium thiosulfate solution reacts
with iodine and can be used to show how fast the reaction proceeds.

(a) A burette was filled up to the 0.0 cm3 mark with sodium thiosulfate solution.
Using a large measuring cylinder, 100 cm3 of distilled water were poured into a conical flask.
Using a small measuring cylinder, 6 cm3 of sulfuric acid, 1 cm3 of starch solution and 4 cm3 of
aqueous potassium iodide were added to the flask.
0.5 cm3 of sodium thiosulfate solution was added from the burette to the mixture in the flask
and swirled to mix.
The reaction was then started by adding 3 cm3 of hydrogen peroxide solution to the mixture,
and the timer started.
The time taken for a blue colour to appear was noted.
A further 0.5 cm3 of sodium thiosulfate solution was added to the mixture in the conical flask,
swirled and the blue colour disappeared. The time when the blue colour reappeared was noted.
The experiment continued by adding further 0.5 cm3 portions of sodium thiosulfate solution
until a total of 3.0 cm3 of sodium thiosulfate solution had been added, noting the times at which
the blue colour reappeared.

Use the timer diagrams on page 4 to record the times in seconds in the table.

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/M/J/16 [Turn over


431/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

total volume of time at which


timer
sodium thiosulfate blue colour
diagram
solution added / cm3 appeared / s
0 seconds
0

0.5 45 15 5 15

10
30 minutes
0
0

1.0 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

1.5 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

2.0 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

2.5 45 15 5 15

10
30

0
0

3.0 45 15 5 15

10
30

[3]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/M/J/16


432/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results you have obtained on the grid and draw a best-fit straight-line graph.

time / s

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0

volume of sodium thiosulfate solution / cm3


[5]

(c) (i) From your graph deduce the time at which the blue colour would appear if a total of
4.0 cm3 of sodium thiosulfate solution were added to the mixture in the conical flask.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

. ...................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect if the experiment was repeated at a higher
temperature. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/M/J/16 [Turn over


433/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) Suggest the purpose of the starch solution.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(e) (i) Suggest one advantage of using a pipette to measure the volume of the hydrogen peroxide.

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Suggest and explain one disadvantage of using a pipette to measure the volume of the
hydrogen peroxide.

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(f) Explain one disadvantage of using a beaker instead of a conical flask.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 17]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/M/J/16


434/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solids, E and F, were analysed. Solid E was sodium sulfite. Both solids were found to be water
soluble.
The tests on the solids, and some of the observations, are shown below.

tests on solid E

(a) Describe the appearance of the solid.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Distilled water was added to solid E in a test-tube and shaken to dissolve.

The solution was divided into two portions in two test-tubes and the following tests carried out.

(i) Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to the first portion of the solution.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to the second portion of the solution. The mixture
was warmed. The gas given off was tested with a piece of filter paper soaked in aqueous
acidified potassium manganate(VII) solution.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) A flame test was carried out on solid E.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

tests on solid F

tests observations

The solid was heated. The gas given off was pungent gas evolved
tested with damp, red litmus paper.
red litmus paper turned blue

Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to pungent gas evolved


solid F and the mixture heated. The gas given
off was tested. Universal Indicator paper showed pH 10

(d) Identify the gas given off in the tests on solid F.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(e) Identify one of the ions in solid F.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 7]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/M/J/16 [Turn over


435/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

4 Potassium sulfate is the salt produced when sulfuric acid is neutralised by potassium hydroxide
solution.
The correct amount of potassium hydroxide solution must be added to neutralise all of the
sulfuric acid.
Plan an experiment to obtain pure crystals of potassium sulfate from sulfuric acid and
potassium hydroxide solution.
You are provided with common laboratory apparatus.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/M/J/16


436/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*9448353441*

CHEMISTRY 0620/63

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical May/June 2016


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB16 06_0620_63/4RP
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over

437/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 Air is a mixture of gases. The diagram shows the apparatus used to find the percentage of oxygen
in air.
50 cm3 of air were passed backwards and forwards over excess heated copper until there was no
further change. The apparatus was left to cool and the volume of gas remaining was 40 cm3.

copper

100 80 60 40 20 20 40 60 80 100

(a) Complete the box to name the apparatus. [1]

(b) Use an arrow to indicate where heat is applied. [1]

(c) The colour of the copper changed from ........................... to ........................... . [2]

(d) From the results, work out the percentage of oxygen in the air.

............................ % [2]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16


438/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated what happens when dilute hydrochloric acid and copper(II) sulfate solution
react with different metals.

Five experiments were carried out.

(a) Experiment 1

A measuring cylinder was used to pour 10 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid into a boiling tube.
The temperature of the hydrochloric acid was measured.
1 g of zinc was added to the boiling tube and the mixture stirred with a thermometer.
The maximum temperature reached by the mixture was measured.

Experiment 2

Experiment 1 was repeated using 1 g of iron instead of zinc.

Experiment 3

Experiment 1 was repeated using 1 g of magnesium instead of zinc.

Use the thermometer diagrams to record the results in the table. Complete the final column in
the table.

thermometer initial thermometer maximum temperature


experiment temperature temperature
diagram diagram rise / °C
of acid / °C reached / °C
30 30

1 25 25

20 20

30 30

2 25 25

20 20

30 65

3 25 60

20 55
[3]

(b) The gas produced in experiment 3 was tested with a lighted splint and the result recorded
below.

test lighted splint


.............................................................................
result popped
.............................................................................

Name the gas given off in experiment 3.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16 [Turn over


439/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(c) Experiment 4

A measuring cylinder was used to pour 10 cm3 of copper(II) sulfate solution into a boiling tube.
The temperature of the solution was measured.
1 g of magnesium was added to the boiling tube and the mixture stirred with a thermometer.
The maximum temperature reached by the mixture was measured.

Experiment 5

Experiment 4 was repeated using 1 g of iron instead of magnesium.


The observation was recorded below.

The solution turned colourless and a brown deposit formed.


..............................................................................................................

Use the thermometer diagrams to record the results in the table. Complete the final column in
the table.

thermometer initial thermometer maximum temperature


experiment temperature temperature
diagram diagram rise / °C
of acid / °C reached / °C
30 50

4 25 45

20 40

30 30

5 25 25

20 20
[2]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16


440/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(d) Draw a labelled bar chart for the results of experiments 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 on the grid below.

temperature
rise / °C

[3]

(e) Use the results for experiments 1, 2 and 3 to answer the following questions.

(i) Which experiment, 1, 2 or 3, produced the largest temperature rise?

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Suggest why this experiment produced the largest temperature rise.

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16 [Turn over


441/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(f) Explain the observations in experiment 5.

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(g) Suggest why potassium was not used as one of the metals in these experiments.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(h) Give one advantage of using a measuring cylinder to add the hydrochloric acid to the boiling
tube.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(i) Suggest and explain one improvement to increase the accuracy of these experiments.

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 17]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16


442/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 A mixture of two solids, G and H, was analysed. Solid G was zinc nitrate, which is water soluble,
and solid H is insoluble in water.
The tests on the mixture, and some of the observations, are shown.

Distilled water was added to the mixture in a boiling tube and shaken. The contents of the boiling
tube were filtered keeping the filtrate and the residue.

tests on filtrate

(a) The filtrate was divided into four test-tubes and the following tests carried out.

(i) Drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of the solution.
Excess aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the test-tube.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) Using the second portion of the solution, the test in (a)(i) was repeated using aqueous
ammonia instead of aqueous sodium hydroxide.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) Dilute nitric acid was added to the third portion of the solution followed by aqueous silver
nitrate.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

(iv) Aqueous sodium hydroxide and aluminium foil were added to the fourth portion of the
solution.
The mixture was warmed and the gas given off was tested.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16 [Turn over


443/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on residue

Two tests are carried out and the following observations made.

tests observations

A spatula was used to transfer some of the


residue into a test-tube.

Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to the rapid effervescence,


residue. The gas given off was tested. limewater turned milky

A flame test was carried out on the residue. red flame colour

(b) Identify solid H.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 11]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16


444/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Nickel sulfate-6-water, NiSO4.6H2O, is a blue crystalline salt.

Plan an experiment to obtain a sample of pure water from this salt. Your answer should include
a diagram of the apparatus, any expected observations and a test to show the presence of pure
water.
You are provided with common laboratory apparatus.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16 [Turn over


445/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16


446/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16


447/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/M/J/16


448/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*0345891151*

CHEMISTRY 0620/61

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2016


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB16 11_0620_61/3RP
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over

449/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The diagram shows the apparatus used to electrolyse dilute sulfuric acid.

oxygen hydrogen

dilute
platinum ............................
sulfuric acid

+ –

(a) Complete the box to show the role of the platinum. [1]

(b) Give one observation made during this electrolysis.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) (i) Compare the volumes of oxygen and hydrogen produced.

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Which substance breaks down to form these gases?

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Give one test to distinguish between oxygen and hydrogen.

test . ............................................................................................................................................

result with oxygen . .....................................................................................................................

result with hydrogen ...................................................................................................................


[2]

[Total: 7]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16


450/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated what happened when dilute nitric acid reacted with aqueous solutions of two
different alkalis, solution N and solution O.

Two experiments were carried out.

(a) Experiment 1

A measuring cylinder was used to pour 50 cm3 of solution N into a polystyrene cup. The initial
temperature of the solution was measured.
A burette was filled with nitric acid to the 0.0 cm3 mark.
5.0 cm3 of nitric acid were added to solution N in the polystyrene cup and the solution stirred.
The maximum temperature of the solution was measured.
A further 5.0 cm3 of nitric acid were added to the polystyrene cup and the solution stirred. The
maximum temperature of the solution was measured.
The student continued to add 5.0 cm3 portions of nitric acid to the polystyrene cup, until a total
volume of 40 cm3 of nitric acid had been added. After each addition, the solution was stirred
and the maximum temperature measured.

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16 [Turn over


451/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

Use the thermometer diagrams to record the maximum temperatures in the table.

volume of nitric acid


0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
added / cm3

30 30 35 35 35 40 35 35 35
thermometer
25 25 30 30 30 35 30 30 30
diagram
20 20 25 25 25 30 25 25 25

maximum temperature
of the solution in the
polystyrene cup / °C

[2]

(b) Experiment 2

Experiment 1 was repeated using solution O instead of solution N.


Use the thermometer diagrams to record the maximum temperatures in the table.

volume of nitric acid


0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
added / cm3

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
thermometer
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
diagram
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

maximum temperature
of the solution in the
polystyrene cup / °C

[2]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16


452/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(c) Plot the results for Experiments 1 and 2 on the grid and draw two smooth line graphs.
Clearly label your graphs.

35

30
maximum
temperature
of solution
/ °C 25

20

15
0 10 20 30 40

volume of nitric acid added / cm3


[4]

(d) Use your graph to estimate the maximum temperature of the solution when 13 cm3 of nitric acid
were added to 50 cm3 of solution N in Experiment 1.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

.............................. °C [2]

(e) Name a suitable indicator that could be used in Experiment 1.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16 [Turn over


453/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(f) Solution N and solution O were the same concentration.

In which experiment is the temperature change greater? Suggest why the temperature change
is greater in this experiment.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(g) How would the results differ in Experiment 1 if 100 cm3 of solution N were used?

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(h) Suggest why a polystyrene cup was used in these experiments and not a copper can.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(i) State one source of error in the experiments. Suggest an improvement to reduce this source
of error.

source of error ............................................................................................................................

improvement . .............................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 17]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16


454/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Solid P, which is an aluminium salt, was analysed.


The tests on solid P, and some of the observations, are shown.

tests on solid P

(a) test 1

Solid P was divided into three portions. The first portion of solid P was heated.

condensation formed on the sides of the test-tube


observations ............................................................................................................................

Any gases given off were tested with cobalt(II) chloride paper.

cobalt(II) chloride paper turned from blue to pink


observations ............................................................................................................................

What does test 1 tell you about solid P?

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) test 2

A flame test was carried out on the second portion of solid P.

observations ......................................................................................................................... [1]

tests on a solution of P

Distilled water was added to the rest of solid P in a test-tube and shaken to dissolve.

(c) The solution was divided into four equal portions in four test-tubes. The following tests were
carried out.

(i) test 3

Several drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first portion of the solution.

Excess aqueous sodium hydroxide was then added to the mixture.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16 [Turn over


455/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

(ii) test 4

Several drops of aqueous ammonia were added to the second portion of the solution.

Excess aqueous ammonia was then added to the mixture.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [2]

Two further tests were carried out and the following observations made.

tests on a solution of P observations

test 5

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were no visible reaction
added to the third portion of the solution.

test 6

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate white precipitate formed
were added to the fourth portion of the solution.

(d) What does test 5 tell you about solid P?

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(e) Identify solid P.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(f) Describe the appearance of solid P.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16


456/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Agri Limes are mixtures of calcium carbonate and calcium oxide. Farmers use Agri Limes on fields
to neutralise acidity.

Plan an investigation to find out which of two different Agri Limes, Q or R, will neutralise more acid.
You are provided with common laboratory apparatus and chemicals, including dilute nitric acid.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16 [Turn over


457/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16


458/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16


459/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0620/61/O/N/16


460/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*0804599590*

CHEMISTRY 0620/62

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2016


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB16 11_0620_62/2RP
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over

461/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 This question is about the separation of mixtures.


The diagram shows four sets of apparatus that can be used to separate mixtures.

A B C D

heat

heat

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [2]

(b) The table shows four different mixtures.

Complete the table to show which set of apparatus should be used to obtain the substance
listed. The first one has been completed for you. Each set of apparatus can be used once,
more than once or not at all.

mixture to obtain use apparatus

petroleum and water petroleum B

sodium chloride
sodium chloride crystals
dissolved in water ................................
sodium chloride
water
dissolved in water ................................
insoluble silver chloride
silver chloride
and water ................................
[3]

(c) Put a ring around the separation method that should be used to separate a mixture of coloured
dyes.

centrifugation chromatography condensation evaporation


[1]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16


462/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the rate of reaction between dilute hydrochloric acid and excess magnesium
at room temperature.
The apparatus was set up as shown in the diagram.

dilute
hydrochloric
acid
measuring
cylinder

magnesium
ribbon water

30 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid were added to the conical flask containing magnesium ribbon. The
timer was then started and the volume of gas collected in the measuring cylinder was measured
every 20 seconds for 180 seconds (3 minutes).

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16 [Turn over


463/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Use the measuring cylinder diagrams to record the total volume of gas collected in the table.

measuring cylinder total volume of


time / s
diagram gas collected / cm3
30

0 30
35
40

40

20
45
50

50

40
55
60

55

60
60
65

70

80
75
80

80

100
85
90

85

120
90
95

85

140
90
95

85

160
90
95

85

180
90
95

[2]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16


464/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(b) Plot the results on the grid and draw a smooth line graph.

100

90

80

70
total volume
of gas collected
/ cm3
60

50

40

30
0 40 80 120 160 200
time / s
[3]

(c) (i) Which result is anomalous?

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Suggest a possible reason for this anomalous result.

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Use your graph to deduce the total volume of gas that you would have expected to
collect instead of this anomalous volume.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

................................. cm3 [2]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16 [Turn over


465/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(d) Explain why the total volume of gas collected does not increase after 160 seconds.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(e) The average rate of the reaction can be calculated using the equation shown.

volume of gas collected / cm3


average rate of reaction =
time / s

(i) Calculate the volume of gas collected between 20 seconds and 40 seconds.

. ...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Calculate the average rate of reaction between 20 seconds and 40 seconds.
Include the unit.

average rate of reaction = ........................................... [2]

(f) Room temperature was 20 °C.

Sketch on the grid the graph you would expect if the experiment were repeated at 30 °C. [2]

(g) Suggest why the reading on the measuring cylinder was 30 cm3 after the acid had been added
and before the timer had been started.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(h) Suggest and explain one improvement to this experiment.

....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 19]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16


466/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solutions, solution S and solution T, were analysed. Solution S was dilute hydrochloric acid.
The tests on solution S and solution T, and some of the observations, are shown.

tests on solution S

(a) Solution S was divided into four equal portions in four test-tubes. The following tests were
carried out.

Complete the observations for tests 1–4.

(i) test 1

The pH of the first portion of solution S was tested.

pH .................................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) test 2

Copper(II) oxide was added to the second portion of the solution. The mixture was heated.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ............................................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) test 3

Solid sodium carbonate was added to the third portion of the solution. The gas given off
was tested.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [3]

(iv) test 4

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate were added to the fourth portion of the solution.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16 [Turn over


467/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solution T

(b) Tests were carried out on solution T and the following observations made.

tests observations

Solution T was divided into three equal


portions in three test-tubes.

Appearance of the solution. yellow solution

Drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were


added to the second portion of the solution
and the test-tube shaken. red-brown precipitate

Excess aqueous sodium hydroxide was then


added to the test-tube. no visible change

Aqueous sodium hydroxide and aluminium


foil were added to the third portion of the
solution and the mixture heated.
The gas given off was tested with pH indicator
paper. pungent gas formed, pH 10

Identify solution T.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 9]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16


468/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 Metal rings can be coated with a layer of copper using electricity.


Plan an experiment to electroplate a small metal ring with copper.
You are provided with common laboratory apparatus, a copper rod, copper(II) sulfate crystals,
water and a small metal ring.
Include a labelled diagram in your answer.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16 [Turn over


469/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16


470/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16


471/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0620/62/O/N/16


472/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*3013059835*

CHEMISTRY 0620/63

Paper 6 Alternative to Practical October/November 2016


1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages and 4 blank pages.

IB16 11_0620_63/3RP
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over

473/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The diagram shows the apparatus used to crack paraffin oil. Paraffin oil vapour is passed over
heated aluminium oxide to produce a mixture of hydrocarbons containing alkenes.

liquid paraffin oil aluminium


on mineral wool oxide

mixture of hydrocarbons
containing alkenes
very strong
heat

water

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [2]

(b) What is the purpose of the mineral wool?

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) Give a test to show the presence of alkenes.

test . ............................................................................................................................................

result . .........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(d) Why must the delivery tube be removed from the water when the heating is stopped?

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16


474/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
3

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16 [Turn over


475/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

2 A student investigated what happened when two different metals, iron and magnesium, reacted
with aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
Two experiments were carried out.

(a) Experiment 1

A measuring cylinder was used to pour 25 cm3 of aqueous copper(II) sulfate into a polystyrene
cup. The initial temperature of the solution was measured, then again at 30 seconds and at
60 seconds.
At 60 seconds, the iron was added to the aqueous copper(II) sulfate and the mixture stirred
continuously with a thermometer.
The temperature of the mixture was measured every 30 seconds for 300 seconds (5 minutes).
Use the thermometer diagrams to record the results in the table.

time / s 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300


25 25 25 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 40
thermometer
20 20 20 25 25 35 35 35 35 35 35
diagram
15 15 15 20 20 30 30 30 30 30 30

temperature
/ °C

[2]

(b) Experiment 2

Experiment 1 was repeated using magnesium instead of iron.


Use the thermometer diagrams to record the results in the table.

time / s 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300


25 25 25 75 80 80 80 75 75 70 70
thermometer
20 20 20 70 75 75 75 70 70 65 65
diagram
15 15 15 65 70 70 70 65 65 60 60

temperature
/ °C

[2]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16


476/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
5

(c) Plot the results for Experiments 1 and 2 on the grid and draw two smooth line graphs.
Clearly label the graphs.

80

70

60

50
temperature
/ °C

40

30

20

10
0 60 120 180 240 300 360
time / s
[4]

(d) (i) From your graph, deduce the temperature of the mixture in Experiment 1 after
135 seconds.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

………….…………………… °C [2]

(ii) From your graph, deduce the time taken for the temperature of the mixture in Experiment 2
to change by 30 °C after the magnesium was added.
Show clearly on the grid how you worked out your answer.

..………………………………. s [2]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16 [Turn over


477/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(e) Predict the temperature of the mixture in Experiment 2 after one hour. Explain your answer.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(f) Suggest an advantage of taking the temperature readings every 15 seconds.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(g) Explain why a polystyrene cup is used in the experiments and not a copper can.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 18]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16


478/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
7

3 Two solutions, solution Q and solution R, were analysed. Solution Q was aqueous sulfuric acid.

tests on solution Q

(a) Solution Q was divided into four equal portions in four test-tubes. The following tests were
carried out.

Complete the observations for tests 1– 4.

(i) test 1

The pH of the first portion of solution Q was measured.

pH .................................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) test 2

Magnesium ribbon was added to the second portion of solution Q. The gas given off was
tested.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [3]

(iii) test 3

Sodium carbonate was added to the third portion of solution Q. The gas given off was
tested.

observations ........................................................................................................................

. ...................................................................................................................................... [3]

(iv) test 4

Dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate were added to the fourth portion of solution Q.

observations .................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16 [Turn over


479/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

tests on solution R

Solution R was divided into three equal portions in three test-tubes.


The following tests were carried out.

tests observations

test 5

The pH of the first portion of solution R was


measured. pH = 10

test 6

Drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were


added to the second portion of solution R and
the test-tube shaken. white precipitate

Excess aqueous sodium hydroxide was then


added to the test-tube. no visible change

test 7

Aqueous iron(II) sulfate was added to the third


portion of solution R and the mixture shaken. green precipitate formed

(b) Identify solution R.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16


480/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
9

4 A liquid cleaner is a mixture of three substances. These substances are shown in the table.

name of substance properties of substance


water liquid, boiling point 100 °C
sodium carbonate solid, soluble in water
silica solid, insoluble in water

Plan an experiment to obtain separate pure samples of each substance from the mixture in the
liquid cleaner. You are provided with common laboratory apparatus.

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16 [Turn over


481/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16


482/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
11

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16


483/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0620/63/O/N/16


484/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*0123456789*

CHEMISTRY 0620/06
Paper 6 Alternative to Practical For Examination from 2016
SPECIMEN PAPER
1 hour
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


Electronic calculators may be used.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The syllabus is accredited for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

© UCLES 2014 [Turn over

485/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
2

1 The diagram shows the apparatus used to prepare a dry sample of a gas. The gas is more dense
than air.

stand and
clamp

concentrated
sulfuric acid

(a) Complete the boxes to name the apparatus. [3]

(b) Identify one mistake in the apparatus.

[1]

(c) Suggest a reason why the gas is passed through concentrated sulfuric acid.

[1]

[Total: 5]

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16

486/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
3

2 A student investigated the rate of reaction between excess magnesium and two different dilute
acids, X and Y.

Two experiments were carried out.

Experiment 1

The apparatus was set up as shown in the diagram.

rubber connector stand and


clamp
inverted
bung 100 cm3
measuring
cylinder
conical flask

trough water

Using a measuring cylinder, 50 cm3 of dilute acid X was poured into the conical flask.
0.5 g of magnesium ribbon was added to the conical flask and the bung added.

The timer was started and the volume of gas collected in the measuring cylinder was measured
every 30 seconds for three minutes.

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16 [Turn over


487/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
4

(a) Use the measuring cylinder diagrams to record the volumes of gas collected.

measuring cylinder total volume of gas


time / s
diagram collected / cm3

0
0 5
10

10
30 15
20

20
60 25
30

25
90 30
35

30
120 35
40

40
150 45
50

45
180 50
55

[2]

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16

488/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
5

Experiment 2

Experiment 1 was repeated using 50 cm3 of dilute acid Y.

(b) Use the measuring cylinder diagrams to record the volumes of gas collected.

measuring cylinder total volume of gas


time / s
diagram collected / cm3

0
0 5
10

0
30 5
10

5
60 10
15

10
90 15
20

10
120 15
20

15
150 20
25

15
180 20
25

[2]

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16 [Turn over


489/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
6

(c) Plot the results for both experiments on the grid below. For each set of results, draw a
smooth line graph. Indicate clearly which line represents Experiment 1 and which line
represents Experiment 2.

[4]

(d) State which experiment had the faster rate of reaction and suggest why the rate was faster in
this experiment.

[1]

(e) From your graph, deduce the time required to collect 25 cm3 of gas in Experiment 1.
Show clearly on the graph how you worked out your answer.

[1]

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16

490/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
7

(f) The rate of this reaction can be calculated using:

volume of gas / cm 3
rate =
time taken / s

For the experiment with the higher rate, calculate the rate of reaction for the first 30 seconds
of the reaction. Deduce the units.

rate [2]

(g) Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using a measuring cylinder to add the acids to
the flask.

advantage

disadvantage [2]

(h) Suggest and explain one improvement to this experiment.

[1]

[Total: 15]

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16 [Turn over


491/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
8

3 Concentrated aqueous sodium chloride was broken down by electricity using the apparatus
shown.

gas A gas B

concentrated aqueous
sodium chloride

electrodes
+ –

(a) Suggest a suitable material from which to make the electrodes.

[1]

(b) Gas A is chlorine. Give a test for chlorine.

test

result [2]

(c) Gas B pops when tested with a lighted splint. What is gas B?

[1]

[Total: 4]

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16

492/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
9

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16 [Turn over


493/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
10

4 Solid E was analysed. E was an aluminium salt. Some of the observations are shown below.

tests on solid E observations

Appearance of solid E. white crystalline solid

test 1
colourless drops of liquid formed at the top of
the tube
A little of solid E was heated in a test-tube.

(a) A little of solid E was dissolved in distilled water.

The solution was divided into four test-tubes and the following tests were carried out.

Complete the observations for tests 2 and 3.

(i) test 2

Drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide were added to the first test-tube.

observations [1]

(ii) Excess sodium hydroxide was then added.

observations [1]

(iii) test 3

Drops of aqueous ammonia solution were added to the second test-tube. Excess
ammonia solution was then added.

observations

[2]

Two further tests are carried out and the following observations made.

tests on solution of E observations

test 4

To the third test-tube of solution, dilute no reaction


hydrochloric acid was added, followed by
barium nitrate solution.

test 5
effervescence
To the fourth test-tube of solution, aqueous
sodium hydroxide and aluminium foil were pungent gas given off
added.
gas turned damp litmus paper blue
The mixture was warmed carefully.

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16

494/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine
11

(b) What does test 1 tell you about solid E?

[1]

(c) Identify the gas given off in test 5.

[1]

(d) What conclusions can you draw about solid E?

[2]

(e) Test 5 states that the mixture should be warmed carefully.

In terms of safety, explain why it is necessary to warm carefully.

[2]

[Total: 10]

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16 [Turn over


495/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP
Assembled by Nesrine
12

5 E-numbers identify chemicals which are added to foods.

(a) E210 is benzoic acid. How could you show that a solution of benzoic acid is a weak acid?

test

result [2]

(b) E110 is Sunset Yellow.


Outline a method you could use to show the presence of E110 in a food colouring.
You may draw a diagram to help answer the question.

[4]

[Total: 6]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 0620/06/SP/16

496/496 2023-2016 Paper 6 QP


Assembled by Nesrine

You might also like